This is only a preview of the May 2007 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 33 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module":
Items relevant to "Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply":
Items relevant to "VU/Peak Meter With LCD Bargraphs":
Items relevant to "Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3":
Items relevant to "GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
675+
New
ts
r
P oduc
ONLY
$3.95
65W BP Solar Panel
MP3 Player to Cassette Adaptor
Plug in your media card with your music files,
load it into the cassette deck in your car stereo
and control the music with the remote unit - it
provides track selection, volume control and a
choice of five EQ settings. You can also plug in
your head-phones and use it as a stand-alone
MP3 player or connect to your PC.
• Built-in 3.7V
250mAh battery
• Supports SD,
mini SD &
MMC cards
If you are looking for a long life, premium solar
panel with a 10 year warranty, you can't go past
this latest addition to our solar panel range. The
panel has an array of 36 polycrystalline cells and
will charge a 12V battery in virtually any climate.
The modules are very strong and are designed to
withstand the impact of a 25mm hail stone
traveling at terminal velocity.
Cat. ZM-9067
ge of
full ran
See our quipment in
E
r
la
gue
So
7 Catalo
our 200
$599.00
Cat. AR-1764
Cat. GH-1381
$29.95
See ou f 12V
range o -store
in
Gadgets
Amplified Stereo Speakers
3 Way - 50WRMS
Each speaker tower consist of a magnetically
screened 8.5" subwoofer, 3.5" mid range
speaker and 1.5" tweeter in a ported,
Grea
magnetically screened enclosure.
Home Ct for
inema
The integrated amplifier
makes for plug and play
and features two
microphone inputs with
volume control, treble,
bass and master volume
control, an echo
adjustment tuning
knob and an independent
power switch.
Sold as a pair.
• Output power: 2 x
25WRMS
Cat. AR-1898
• 630(H) x 295(W) x 160(D)mm
$149.95
• 240VAC operated
Projects the time and the temperature on your
wall or ceiling. The LCD constantly displays time,
temperature, day and date while the alarm and
snooze option finish off this neat little unit.
• 140(L) x 34(W) x 90(H)mm
• Requires 2 x AA batteries (not inc)
or 3V DC adaptor (not included)
7:13
Cat. XC-0219
$19.95
Budget Digital Vernier Calipers
150mm Long with 0.1 Resolution
$69.95
In-Car Coffee Maker
Simply connect to a 12VDC power source and
have freshly brewed coffee in under 20 minutes
even in the most remote location. Great for the
intrepid traveller. It holds up to 500ml, has a
reusable filter and has
a 12V 5m power lead
terminated to alligator
clips.
• Draws 24A/300W
max
r full
Multi-Function Clock with
Dual Projector
Stainless Steel Flexible BBQ Lamp
This outdoor light is made from rust-resistant
stainless steel and is battery powered. It is fitted
with 25mm
clamping jaws
and 480mm
gooseneck so that it can be attached to
whatever is handy, be it table, fence or
BBQ.
Cat. SL-2806
• Runs on 4 x AA batteries,
$29.95
available
separately.
Child or Pet Door Annunciator
Now you don't need eyes in the back of your
head! Simply mount at any entrance and the
alarm will sound for 30 seconds every time your
child or pet passes through.
You can know exactly where your little ones are
without having the alarm
go off every time an adult
passes through as the
sensors discriminate
between adults,
toddlers or pets.
• Batteries not included
• Unit measures
1 metre when
assembled
Cat. LA-5166
$49.95
Some items also available
from Gadget Central stores.
Better. More Technical
This carbon composite digital caliper is ideal for
general use and situations where the cost of our
precision stainless steel tool isn't justified. The
digital display is calibrated in imperial and metric
units with a corresponding vernier scale etched
onto the caliper slide. Excellent value for money.
SUPER
PRICE
Cat. TD-2081
$19.95
150W Can Sized Inverter
Designed to fit into your car's drink
holder, this can sized inverter
alleviates the need for permanent
mounting. Featuring a 150W
output, this inverter is
deceptively small but still
has the grunt to power
everything from battery
chargers right through to
your laptop computer.
Cat. MI-5121
$49.95
See our
Simply aMAYzing
flyer for great
Mother's Day
gift ideas
All prices are valid until 31st May 2007
FOR INFORMATION ORDERING TELEPHONE >1800 022 888
Don’t fo
rget
Moth
Sunday er’s Day
13th Ma
y
INTERNET >www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.20, No.5; May 2007
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Features
8 Jaycar Sunswift III Solar Car Shatters Record
Innovative technology from UNSW slashes three days off the Perth
to Sydney solar car record – by Leo Simpson
16 Turntables – Give ’em A Spin
Don’t despair if your old turntable has died. There’s lots of new ones out
there. Just dip into our listing – by Barrie Smith
Pro jects To Build
34 A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module
High-quality design features ultra-low distortion, very low noise levels & a
simplified power supply – by Leo Simpson & Peter Smith
46 Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply
Easy-to-build board can be adjusted to produce a regulated voltage rail
ranging from 1.3-22V at currents up to 1A – by John Clarke
62 VU/Peak Meter With LCD Bargraphs
Take the guess-work out of setting audio recording levels. This unit shows
both average & peak levels on stereo bargraphs & there’s also a digital display
option – by John Clarke
20W Class-A Audio
Amplifier Module – Page 34.
Adjustable 1.3-22V
Regulated Power
Supply – Page 46.
74 Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3
We describe the installation & setting-up procedures & show you how to plot
out an original ignition timing curve – by John Clarke
84 GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications
A simple modification to improve the short-term stability plus details on adding
an RS-232 serial port – by Jim Rowe
92 Throttle Interface For The DC Motor Speed Controller
Want to use a motorcycle-style throttle with the DC Motor Speed Controller?
You’ll need this simple interface circuit – by Leo Simpson & Branko Justic
Special Columns
42 Circuit Notebook
(1) LED Pattern Flasher; (2) IR Remote Control Tester With Audible Output;
(3) Slave Flash Trigger For Digital Cameras; (4) Low-Dropout Voltage
Regulator For Battery Equipment; (5) Using A Stereo Amplifier As A 3-Input
Guitar Amplifier; (6) 2-Channel Background Sounds For Model Railways
VU/Peak Meter With Stereo LCD
Bargraphs – Page 62.
57 Serviceman’s Log
New fields & the whiff of cash – by the TV Serviceman
86 Vintage Radio
A look at the Kurrajong Radio Museum – by Rodney Champness
Departments
2 Publisher’s Letter
4 Mailbag
15 Order Form
siliconchip.com.au
97 Ask Silicon Chip
100 Notes & Errata
101 Market Centre
Motorcycle-Style Throttle Interface
For Speed Controller – Page 92.
May 2007 1
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Editor
Peter Smith
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Kevin Poulter
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per
year in Australia. For overseas
rates, see the subscription page in
this issue.
Editorial office: Unit 1, 234 Harbord
Rd, Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
Publisher’s Letter
New 20W class-A module is
a step closer to perfection
Back in November 2006 we asked the question:
Do people really want a high-performance valve
amplifier? Significantly, we are still getting the
occasional email from people expressing their
interest or otherwise. And while the consensus of
the letters seems to be that people are interested in
valve amplifiers, we are of the strong impression
that comparatively few people would actually
build the then proposed 60W/channel stereo
amplifier with negative feedback.
Interestingly, we expected a number of letters expressing dissatisfaction
with the proposed concept but that was not the case. A number of people
also suggested an updated version of the output transformerless amplifiers
produced by Cyril Murray and other designers in the late 1960s. These were
designed to drive special high-impedance loudspeakers and if we were to
update them, we would actually need to use an output-coupling transformer
to drive conventional low-impedance loudspeakers, so there would not
necessarily be an advantage to that approach.
Regardless of what approach we actually took, our previous experience
leads us to expect that few people would build the final design when they
were confronted with the high price and the amount of the work required
to assemble the amplifier. So we decided to take the alternative approach
and upgrade our very popular 15W class-A amplifier which was featured
back in 1998.
We approached this with some trepidation because we well remember
the problems we had with the power supply and the lengths we had to go
to obtain satisfactory low residual noise. The problems were based on the
heavy fixed current drain from the power supply and the relatively large
hum field produced by the toroidal transformer because of that high current.
However, I am delighted to report that our efforts have borne fruit. As a
result of some very careful analysis of the 1998 design by Peter Smith and
drawing on some circuit techniques advocated by noted audio designer
Douglas Self, we have been able to get some very significant improvements,
as well as a little more power, while keeping overall power dissipation to
levels similar to the old design. This has been achieved by quite a number
of minor improvements to the circuit, a new PC board design and a shielded
toroidal power transformer which has allowed us to eliminate the earlier
design’s regulated power supply which was housed in a separate box.
This month we present the first in a number of articles on the new amplifier module and a subsequent stereo class-A amplifier delivering 20 watts
per channel. Ultimately, it will give far better sound quality than any valve
amplifier and at a far lower price. Nor will its audio performance be degraded
over a relatively short time by component ageing, as happens inevitably in
any valve amplifier.
Leo Simpson
ALTRONICS ADVERTISING CORRECTION
Please note that on page 3 of the advertising flyer included with this issue, several items
in the current “Altronics Price Cuts” promotion are advertised with incorrect prices.
Under “Rack Shelf Discounts”, the part numbers H 5352, H 5362, H 5353 and H 5363
are shown as “2 for”. This is meant to read “2 up” – eg, H 5352 is $45 each when you
buy two or more. Altronics apologises for any inconvenience caused.
siliconchip.com.au
For all those innovative, unique, interesting, hard to find products
IP Camera
Digital I/O
to Ethernet
Monitor your surveillance
camera remotely with a
web browser.
Cat 3594-7 $199
Extend USB 60m
Extend any USB 1.1 device up to
60m from the PC over inexpensive
network cable (not included)
Cat 11683-7 $99
This unit allows the user
to remotely control 7 Digital I/O ports and
1 RS232/422/485 port over LAN or WAN.
Cat 15157-7 $329
1800 625 777
12v Mobile PC
www.mgram.com.au
Suitable for cars, boats, or
space critical situations.
With XP Pro.
Cat 1168-7 $1699
ask<at>mgram.com.au
Wireless VGA Gateway
Transmit VGA signals over a
standard 802.11g network to the
Wireless VGA Gateway.
Cat 1008265-7 $549
USB VGA Adapter
Use your new notebook ExpressCards in
a standard PC. Requires a PCIe 1x slot.
Cat 2457-7 $109
USB Microscope
Easy to operate with simple
magnification and focus
control.
Cat 3626-7 $239
DVD/CD Carousel
Easily catalogue up to
150 discs, comes
with software.
Cat 6303-7 $269
Increase the storage
space on your network
with this easy to install
dual IDE NAS.
Cat 6900-7 $249
USB EPROM
Programmer
This programmer
connects to a USB
port & has a 32 pin
ZIF socket. It will
program from 16k to 8M.
Cat 3624-7 $499
PCI to PCMCIA Adapter
Allows the use of PCMCIA
and PC Card devices
designed for
notebooks in a
standard desktop PC.
Cat 6539-7 $89
Digital
I/O PCI Card
Features 8 opto isolated digital
input channels & 8 reed relays.
Cat 17074-7 $399
Overnight
delivery
available*
What’s New?
What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’sNew?
What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?
Cat. No.
Dual HD NAS
Macro Keypad
This 20 key keypad allows the user to store
multiple keystrokes or complex commands
under one key.
Cat 8904-7 $299
Description
Price
Cat 2860
2860-7
3154-7
6940-7
6941-7
PCMCIA USB 2.0 PC Card
PCMCIA 2 port SATA RAID PC Card
USB 2.0 to IDE/SATA Adapter with One Touch Backup
USB 2.0 to eSATA Adapter
3668-7
10226-7
23050-7
Outdoor IP Camera with Night Vision
Skype Dualphone Stand alone Model - no pc required!
HDMI Switch 3 to 1
Serial to
Ethernet
Easily web enable
your serial devices.
Available in 1, 2, 4, and 8 port models.
Cat 15141-7 (1 port) $259
$68
$89
$68
$55
Cat 10226
Cat 23050
Call
$339
$199
6942-7
6943-7
6944-7
4759-7
4760-7
USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 1Gb
USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 2Gb
USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 4Gb
Digital LCD Photo Frame 7"
Digital LCD Photo Frame 8"
3669-7
3670-7
19008-7
6945-7
6946-7
6852-7
19009-7
License Plate Recognition Surveillance Software - 1 Lane
License Plate Recognition Surveillance Software - 2 Lane
USB Telephone Recorder
DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 1
DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 5
DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 9
Telephone Visual Signal Alert
11929-7
17110-7
17111-7
6947-7
6948-7
Wireless RS-485 Link - Up to 900m Line of Sight
Hard Disk Encryptor / Security Key - PCI Card
Hard Disk Encryptor / Security Key - Front Bay
eSATA 4 Port Hub
eSATA 5 x Hard Disk Enclosure
$199
$199
$184
$799
1182-7
1183-7
1184-7
1185-7
Cat 11929
10" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD
10" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD with Touchscreen
17" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD
17" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD with Touchscreen
$1799
Call
$3099
Call
Cat 4760
Cat 6946
$46
$78
$163
$199
$279
$1700
$2200
$167
$599
$1799
$2999
$129
Laser Barcode Scanner
Comes with a stand and a 5 year
warranty! Attaches to a PS/2 port.
Cat 8613-7 $399
LGA775
Motherboard
with ISA
This i915G based motherboard supports
Pentium D CPUs and has 2 ISA slots.
Cat 17101-7 $699
Wireless
TV Sharer
Transmit Video and Audio signals
(RCA) up to 100m over a wireless link.
Also relays an Infrared remote control.
Cat 11808-7 $79
DVI
Extender
Extend DVI up to 25m over network cable.
Cat 3628-7 $269
Not sure what’s needed? Call us for friendly advice!
ask<at>mgram.com.au phone: 1800 625 777 or visit www.mgram.com.au
Reseller
inquiries
welcome
* Parcels under 3kg to major centres. All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only.
SHORE AD/MGRM0407
PCIe to ExpressCard
Plugs into a USB 2.0 port and
allows the user to extend their
desktop over two screens (or three
screens if already using a dual head
video card).
Cat 15156-7 $179
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may
edit and has the right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This
also applies to submissions to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
CFL energy savings
non-existent
With regard to your article on the
proposed ban on incandescent lamps
(April 2007), the purpose is to save
energy, right? Maybe our politicians
ought to take a step back and look at
the bigger picture.
The cost of a product often relates reasonably well to the energy
cost of mining and refining the raw
material, manufacturing, packaging
and transport. So a CFL might cost
say 10 times the (energy) cost of an
equivalent incandescent to supply to
the customer.
I have quite a number of lamps in
my house that are essential but are
infrequently used and then only for
very short periods of time. I’ve yet
to see a 500W CFL flood lamp and
would hate to think of the cost – yet
my rear security light is just that and
would operate for perhaps 90 seconds
per year!
SILICON CHIP: the last
of the Mohicans
Firstly, congratulations on the
outcome of your first excellence
awards, announced in the February
2007 issue. It is really hoped that
this initiative continues to grow.
Remember that if even one student
is motivated you have succeeded.
Perhaps I could be described as a
“magazine junkie”, having started
in my school days with Radio &
Hobbies and moving on to such
publications as Electronics World,
Electronics Australia, ETI, CQ, QST,
73, Talking Electronics, Nuts and
Volts, Practical Wireless, Amateur
Radio and from its first issue, SILICON CHIP. No doubt you have visited
a newsagency recently and have
observed that you are just about the
last of the Mohicans.
We all have pet theories as to the
mechanisms driving the demise of
4 Silicon Chip
The point I am making is that
putting CFLs in these locations will
certainly result in a net whole-of-life
energy loss. That is, the power station
will have to produce more power to
make and run these CFL lamps, over
a lifetime, than the incandescents
they replace. Obviously, this argument
does not apply to high-use lamps and
I support their application. But in my
considerable experience, the life of
CFLs can more typically be around
the 300-2000 hour mark and this seriously impacts the energy benefits of
their use. Perhaps the pollies need to
employ engineers to add some logic
and sense to their pontifications.
Ian Thompson,
Duncraig, WA.
23W energy saver lamp
flashes at night
I would like to bring an interesting
side effect of CFLs to your attention.
I bought two 23-watt “Philips Torsome of these publications and I see
the deliberate “dumbing down” of
the country right at the top of my
list. In the midst of all of this, SILICON CHIP has continued to go from
strength to strength, so please take
a pat on the back, as my perception
is that it is serving a wider interest
base.
In his comments on the publication of articles on valve amplifiers
(Mailbag, page 9, February 2007),
Ian Farquar is certainly on the wrong
tram. In the world of hobby electronics, experimentation is a positive
way forward and valve technology,
albeit becoming obsolescent, is a
valid hobby interest. While comparisons between valve and solidstate technology may be valuable,
discussions as to which is “better”
are meaningless.
Any “hands-on” experience gain
ed through construction will provide
nado”, “Compact High Light Output”,
“Energy Saver” light bulbs from Coles
in Sydney. The packaging states that
they “can operate within 170-250V
range”.
These bulbs are very bright (equivalent to 125W incandescent) and give
off a fairly pleasant warm white light.
The interesting (and slightly irritating)
bit is that when mounted in a ceiling
light and with the wall switch turned
off, the lamp dimly flashes very briefly
several times a minute, all night!
I tested each of the bulbs in various
ceiling fittings, finding the flash rate
varies slightly, depending on location.
Neither bulb would flash in a lamp
that breaks both Neutral and Active.
I could not reproduce the effect in
several other types of “energy saver”
lamps that I have at hand.
The light circuit wiring and switcheducational benefits well beyond the
use of commercially-built equipment or computer simulation.
It must be said that the current
wave of TV advertisements promoting apprenticeships and encouraging students to turn to maths and
science raise doubts in regard to
the motivation behind them. With
the anti-science campaign of recent
years being so well organised and
funded, and indeed being very
successful, I wonder how it will
be possible to put the knitting back
together.
For example, how could a student
cope with university level studies
in maths and science-oriented subjects after passing through a school
system where the teachers of these
subjects are on the endangered species list?
George McLeod,
via email.
siliconchip.com.au
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
Playmaster AM/FM tuner
morphed into mailbox
Almost the whole nation is awash
with idiotic-sized tiny letterboxes
which were designed for the needs
of the 1920s. There must be millions
of (A4-size) magazines which are
subscribed to in Australia every year
but when they arrive at the average
home, we see the mail-person fold
it in half and squeeze it (and any attached CD or DVD) through the tiny
slot of the letterbox.
My personal solution to the problem is the new Playmaster Snailmail
Inbox project. It is the perfect size for
A4 magazines and is based on the
Playmaster Stereo FM Tuner-Digital
Clock project by Leo Simpson in the
November & December 1978 and
January 1979 issues of “Electronics
Australia” magazine. I also plan to
have a 150mm diameter newspaper
tube suspended underneath it.
Michael Katalinic,
Lavington, NSW.
es in our house is old and possibly
a bit leaky. The switch is definitely
in the “Active” line. An old DMM
shows either zero or 1-2V AC across
the open circuit socket with the light
switch off.
I assume that there must be some
fairly efficient (non-leaky) electronics in the bulbs to produce this effect.
The only device, to my knowledge, of
similar efficiency is a neon indicator
that has sufficiently high impedance
to flicker in this sort of situation.
Lee Braithwaite,
via email.
Comment: we recently observed the
flashing CFL effect ourselves in a
number of lamp fittings. We have concluded that it is not a fault in the CFL
or the 240VAC wiring but an artefact
of the capacitance of the wiring to the
light switch (from the ceiling junction
box). In a typical home, this will be
about six to eight metres of sheathed
twin cable and this can be expected to
have a capacitance of maybe 300pF
or more.
In effect, this cable capacitance
across the switch lets the CFL bridge
rectifier build up sufficient DC to let
the circuit fire the CFL tube, collapsing
siliconchip.com.au
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
Comment: what sacrilege! Your old
AM/FM tuner project should be
venerated in a softly lit display case
in your home rather than having to
stand out in the elements and being
force-fed junk mail. We are very sad
at this sorry state of affairs.
Seriously, you are right. But rather
than recycle defenceless tuners,
there are millions of old computer
cases which would be suitable for
the job. Painted and adorned with
a street number, they should last
many years.
the DC and letting the cycle repeat ad
infinitum. It is acting as a relaxation
oscillator.
While you are aware of the flashing effect only at night, it happens all
the time. If it worries you, it could be
stopped by connecting a small capacitor across the CFL socket, say .01mF
(10nF) 250VAC class X2. Alternatively,
the effect could probably be stopped
if the cable to the switch was changed
to “twin and earth”.
This leakage capacitance effect also
occurs with incandescent lamps (and
any other load for that matter) but it
is of academic interest only.
GPS frequency reference
is not optimum
I would have expected a more reliable design than that used for the
GPS-Based Frequency Reference in
the March 2007 issue. The method
used to cascade counters IC4 & IC5
is incorrect.
The TC output of a 74HC160 synchronous counter is not guaranteed to
be glitch-free and the following counter can increment on glitches in TC.
The correct method would have been
to cascade the two 74HC160s and the
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as programming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs, LCD/
Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg.
etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
May 2007 5
Mailbag: continued
Still a place for
valve technology
Recent Mailbag contributions
have continued from a few folk who
would like to see valves confined to
the history books. I have the view
that there is a place for this technology and that it should not be
dismissed just because it is “old”.
My home contains a mix of digital
electronics and solid state and valve
amplification units, all of which live
together in peace and harmony.
There is no doubt that there are
plenty of readers who would be
interested in seeing what your talented designers could come up with
in terms of a valve amplifier. There
is a plethora of solid-state amplifier
designs and so a valve one would
be something a bit different. EL34
and 6L6 valve types are commonly
available, as is the 12AX7 for the
preamp.
As a point of interest, I have noted
that a number of high-end ($3000+)
musical instrument amplifiers are
“point to point” hand-wired and
following JK flipflop synchronously,
by connecting the TC from IC4 to CEP
of IC5, and connecting TC from IC5 to
the JK inputs of both flipflops in IC6.
IC4, IC5 & IC6 should then be clocked
from the same 10MHz source.
The easiest fix to the circuit error
is to connect pin 11 of IC4 to pin 11
of IC3e, connect pin 11 of IC5 to pins
14, 3, 7 & 10 of IC5 and connect pins
1 & 5 of IC6 to pin 2 of IC5.
The phase of the 50kHz signal relative to the 1MHz signal is unimportant
so this fix will work well. The design
will then work reliably over time and
temperature even if different manufacturers’ parts are substituted. Not
all 74HC160s are equivalent in performance.
If instead of connecting the outputs
of IC8 & IC9 to the 8-bit DAC register
(IC12), the phase measurements had
been filtered with a Kalman filter in
the processor and then the resultant
high resolution averaged data fed to
the 8-bit DAC via a software dither
6 Silicon Chip
use tag strips rather than PC boards.
And some even use a valve rectifier
(5AR4).
The reality is that valves are not
going to go away. The technology
continues to occupy a valuable,
important and respected position
in high-end hifi and musical instrument amplification.
John Parker,
via email.
Comment: we have considered all
the correspondence about valve
amplifiers since the editorial on the
subject in the November 2006 and
concluded that relatively few people
would actually build a state-of-theart valve amplifier when confronted
with the likely cost of well over a
thousand dollars. Instead, we felt
that far more people would build the
class-A amplifier presented in this
issue, as it will be easier to build,
much lower in cost and have ultralow distortion.
We can also guarantee that it
will sound better than any valve
amplifier.
generator to increase the effective DAC
resolution, far higher accuracy and
stability would have been achieved.
In fact the 4046 and associated
dividers could have been eliminated
by clocking IC8 + IC9 continuously by
the 10MHz oscillator being disciplined
and sampling the current count on
the leading edge of the PPS signal.
About 100ns RMS random jitter would
need to be added to the PPS signal
to ensure unbiased averaging of the
phase samples. A synchroniser (8-bit
shift register) would be used to synchronise the jittered PPS signal to the
10MHz oscillator being disciplined. A
74AC164 or equivalent performance
device would be required to reduce
the rate of synchroniser failure due
to metastability to less than once in a
few billion years. HCMOS is way too
slow for a synchroniser.
The second 10MHz oscillator is
thereby also eliminated. The shortterm stability of the 10MHz oscillator could be significantly improved
by using a relatively simple discrete
bipolar oscillator rather than a noisy
gate oscillator. It should then not be
too difficult to achieve a short and
long-term stability of better than a few
parts in a billion.
Dr Bruce Griffiths,
Hamilton, NZ.
Comment: see the amended GPSBased Frequency Reference circuit in
this issue.
Dumped computers
have intact records
Here are some ideas for recycling.
When I buy a drum pack of CDs there
are spacer washers included on each
side of the stack to keep the CDs from
self-destructing in transit. These are
perfectly sized for hose to tap washers
on your garden hose.
With the advent of reasonably
priced “direct to CD” printers, the imagination runs wild on all the possible
designs for clock faces that could be
printed on a CD (at less than 30c). For
$5 or less you can get a quartz clock
movement from craft or $2 shops that
fit extremely well in the hole of the
CD. It makes a nice, original, useful,
cheap gift.
CD-ROM drives can be used (with a
redundant power supply) as a standalone CD player. The analog output
is directly compatible with any consumer amplifier line RCA inputs, so
all you need to do is make up a lead
with the right plugs. However, when
selecting a CD-ROM, check the front
panel buttons and make sure it has
a dedicated play/skip button in addition to the eject button, so it can
be manually operated; some drives
don’t have this feature. Obviously, to
keep it simple, there is no software
control and it could be mounted in a
box with an environmentally friendly
off switch.
On a more serious note, computers
from my local tip/recycling centre/
waste management facility now include DDR P4s, in addition to the
odd $10,000 industrial colour laser
(HP8550DN, HP4500DN), mono lasers
(HP4050DN by the score), plotters
(HP650C, HP755CM) and photocopiers, sometimes with absolutely nothing wrong with them other than crash
damage from being toppled out of a
ute/truck.
siliconchip.com.au
However, my concern is the boxes
that, for whatever reason, have become
superfluous to present needs and end
up on the heap. Some computers do
have minor faults (maybe a dirty connection, blown video card, modem
or power supply, or the RAM needs
reseating) but they often come with the
entire hard drive intact, just waiting
to be removed and re-sited in my test
rig for perusal.
I have come across computers
from a government hospital with full
patient records, from an accountant
with everyone and their stuff that he’s
worked for since 1993, a solicitor with
36,000 individual clients, what they
own, where it is, how much it’s worth,
etc, defence department machines with
names & addresses of generals and
other senior ranks, schools with personal child details, small businesses
and all their affairs, plus aid agencies
(both domestic and international).
I’m no wizard, so if I can access this
then what do the dedicated detectives
see when they go looking? By bringing
this up I’m probably shooting myself in
the foot and I’ll have to start collecting
garbage bags and food scraps ‘cause
there won’t be any more hardware.
But I will be able to sleep soundly
knowing that I’ve done the altruistic
bit this year. Any other readers got
similar horror stories?
Name and address supplied but
withheld at the writer’s request.
Comment: you would think that any
government department or business
would at least security wipe any drives
before dumping computers. Better still,
they should pull out the drive and
destroy it, to prevent data recovery.
Modern cars have
too much performance
With respect to Julian Edgar’s
scathing article on fuel economy,
etc of modern cars (SILICON CHIP,
December 2006), I fully concur with
everything he said but he should have
said more.
In the mid 1970s when the fuel crisis
had become reality, I remember an
article quoting vehicle manufacturers’
predictions whereby in the 1990s we
would have cars that would achieve
3 litres/100km. This could be one of
those false memories that some of us
suffer from time to time but there is
siliconchip.com.au
no doubt in my mind it could have
been achieved.
Julian blames weight, which is a big
factor. I blame the power-to-weight
factor. Many modern cars would have
been racing cars in the 1960s and
1970s. Recently, the Topgear TV show
put two muscle cars from the 1960s, a
Jaguar E-type & an Aston Martin DB4,
against a Honda Accord Euro (2.4l).
The Honda murdered the oldies in
every test.
How much better would fuel economy now be if we stayed with the same
performance levels as average cars of
the 1970s?
John Taylor,
Donvale, Vic.
It’s no fluke that
Agilent’s new
DMM was voted...
Ferocious Felines Fouling
Flivver’s Fine Paint Finish
In reference to your correspondent’s
problem with cats scratching the paint
of his/her new car (Ask SILICON CHIP,
February 2007), a friend has the same
problem and solves it effectively by
putting mothballs in a stocking and
leaving the bag on the bonnet of his
car. The cats soon got the message.
Keith Gooley,
Adelaide, SA.
Priority switching
for CB radio
I am writing in response to the
request by T. D. (Ask SILICON CHIP,
March 2007) regarding a mixer for CB
and/or mobile signals through his car
sound system. This system was used
in the 23-channel “Clarion JC-201E”
CB radio, using the “RCJ-001” remote
control head. This operated a relay to
switch both stereo channels from the
stereo system, the right channel being
silenced and the CB output being fed
to the left channel.
The remote head in this case also
housed the channel selector but this
had no role in the audio switching,
the incoming audio providing the
drive signal to the switching transistor to operate the relay. The audio was
controlled by the “Squelch” control,
hence only a user-selectable level
of audio was applied to the system.
This ensured reliable operation and
avoiding undesired interference to the
stereo sound.
Don Henriks,
Adelaide, SA.
...one of the Top 100
Products of 2006.
Introducing the new U1252A DMM from Agilent
Technologies, the world leader in Test &
Measurement. The U1252A comes with...
- Dual simultaneous measurements
- 4.5 digit resolution on both displays
- 0.025% Basic DCV accuracy; True RMS AC
measurements
- Dual temperature; Capacitance 10nF to 100mF
- 20MHz Frequency Counter; Maths Functions
- Programmable square-wave generator
- Rechargeable battery, backlit LCD display
- Free PC connectivity software for data-logging
(optional cable required)
- Built tough and reliable
- Calibration certificate included
- 3 year Australian warranty
...and at a very affordable price!
Model U1251A
Model U1252A
$586 + GST
$641 + GST
Download product brochures, view online
demos, and purchase online at
www.measurement.net.au. Agilent’s new
handhelds are distributed Australia-wide by
Measurement Innovation.
Tel: 1300 726 550
www.measurement.net.au
May 2007 7
Jaycar Suns
shatters ra
On 16th January this year, the Jaycar
Sunswift III solar car rolled into Sydney
after five and a half days on the road from
Perth, shattering the previous West-East
Transcontinental Record by three days.
The UNSW Solar Racing Team is to be
congratulated for their tremendous
achievement.
8 Silicon
iliconCChip
hip
siliconchip.com.au
swift III
ace record
by LEO SIMPSON
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 9
D
espite cloudy weather for the first two days of the record attempt the team was still able to push through
for the fastest ever time. This record is unlikely
to ever be bettered since the technical regulations have
changed for the next solar car race, requiring the vehicles
to be more like conventional cars.
The adventurer Hans Tholstrup did the original westeast Australian solar car trip in 1983, in his solar car, the
Quiet Achiever.
Subsequently, in 1987, the World Solar Challenge invited
bright young engineers and scientists from around the world
to pursue the ideals of sustainable transport.
The ultimate challenge is to design and build a car capable of travelling across the Australian Continent on the
power of sunlight and prove it by undertaking the 3000km
journey in the spirit of friendly competition against others
with the same goal. Over the last 20 years more than 300
solar car teams from around the globe have competed in
the race from Darwin to Adelaide.
In effect, by breaking the West-East Transcontinental
record, the Jaycar Sunswift has written the last chapter for
solar race cars as we know them.
Why? Because this year’s Panasonic World Solar Challenge will be run with more conventionally shaped cars,
ending the reign of cars which are shaped like a credit card
and not much thicker.
Jaycar Sunswift probably also marks the end of evolution of existing solar car electronics, although this remains
to be seen.
Suffice to say, it is the end of development of cars
measuring 6m x 2m and with driver lying supine in a
mobile sauna.
Evolution has been the key word in solar car development over the last 20 years. Their overall design has
changed relatively little while their overall efficiency has
approached 100% but never quite got there – the classic
asymptote.
It was time for a change.
Ultimately, Sunswift is a show-case of the best in solar
car technology, as this story demonstrate s.
Dave Snowdon, from the University of NSW, designed
the electrical system in Sunswift III over the last five years
or so. The major components are the motor, motor control-
Here’s the Jaycar Sunswift III, tailed by support vehicles,
on Sydney’s M5 motorway, nearing the end of its epic
journey. They didn’t tell us if they had to pay the toll . . .
10 Silicon Chip
If you’re looking for comfort in the drive from Perth to
Sydney, we’re betting that the Jaycar Sunswift III is not the
best way to go. But what fantastic fuel economy: 0l/100km!
ler, solar array, maximum power point trackers, batteries
and telemetry/control system.
Pancake motor
The car’s motor is built into one of the rear wheels
in order to save the losses in a transmission if it were
used. The downside of that is more rapid tyre wear in the
driven wheel but the extra weight of dual wheel drive
was thereby avoided. The motor itself is approximately
98% efficient.
The electrical design of the motor was produced by the
CSIRO for the Aurora solar car. It is essentially a brushless
AC motor with a central stator (containing the windings)
and an outer rotor (containing the magnets). In effect, it is
like an inside/out synchronous motor and long-time tape
recording enthusiasts would recognise this as being similar
in construction to a Papst motor.
The differences are many. For a start, the motor is very
thin, allowing it to fit inside a thin wheel hub and streamlined fairing, for minimum wind resistance.
The mechanical design of the motor was done by a thesis
student and involved significant analysis. There is roughly
6kN force between the two rings of magnets when the mo-
And speaking of support vehicles, here’s the inside of one.
It has both voice and telemetry contact with the solar car
by radio, GPS and (just in view at left) laptop diagnostics.
siliconchip.com.au
Back in the workshop at UNSW, Simon Li, now Electrical
Team Leader, shows us the driver’s position. It’s almost
supine, with just the head poking up through the solar cell
“lid” into the clear head guard. The two joysticks (one in
each hand) control the vehicle’s direction and speed.
tor is assembled but the motor casing must also take all the
cornering loads, etc.
Motor controller
The motor controller fills the normal role of the commutator. Three Hall Effect sensors allow it to sense the
position of the magnets relative to the windings and then
switch the motor currents accordingly. The controller was
designed by Tritium Pty Ltd, who originally worked on the
University of Queensland’s Sunshark solar car project. The
UNSW team worked closely with Tritium while they were
developing the controller and added a CAN interface and
other improvements.
The controller is about 99% efficient. It consists of three
Mosfet half bridges (one for each phase of the motor) and
a Digital Signal Processor. (Readers wanting to understand
bridge motor drive should refer to the DC Speed Control
article elsewhere in this issue).
The motor controller pulse width modulates the bottom
Mosfets in the half bridges in order to regulate the motor
current and to control the speed. The motor controller also
provides regenerative braking (ie, turning the motor into
a generator, to charge the batteries while slowing the car
down) by switching the phases in the appropriate order.
The motor controller can handle up to 100A through the
phases at up to 170V DC.
The motor controller outputs a square wave (ie, the phases
are either on or off, directly dependent on the state of the
Hall Effect sensors. This causes a small efficiency loss, since
the current is always at the same high value for a given
torque. A newer version of the controller will produce a
sinewave output which will have a higher peak but lower
RMS current, for the same torque, giving better efficiency.
Interestingly, those very high currents caused severe
problems with motor over-heating when climbing long
hills at low speeds. The high currents are partly a result
of the “coreless” construction of the motor, meaning that
it generates very little back-EMF at low speeds. So in spite
the motor being rated at up to 98% efficient, at low speeds
siliconchip.com.au
Again back at UNSW, Yael Augarten (one of the Sunswift’s
drivers) shows the inside of the driver’s “cabin”. The
full racing harness is essential, just in case a large gust
manages to cause loss of control.
it is nowhere near that efficient and dissipates considerable
heat as a result. This problem was exacerbated by the very
poor ventilation inside the motor hub and wheel fairing –
streamlining has a definite downside here.
Solar array
Sunswift III’s solar array is made up of 1034 Sunpower
A-300 solar cells. These are back-side contact cells, which
means the electrical contacts don’t shade the front of the
cell. Their efficiency is between 20 and 21%. The cells have
been laser-cut to be rectangular so that they can be packed
tighter into the solar array. They were encapsulated into
thin, flexible panels by Hans Gochermann.
Electrically, the solar array is organised into six panels
consisting of more than 100 cells wired in series. This
Working on the inside-wheel motor. There is only one
wheel driven to save weight, albeit at the expense of tyre
wear. The motor is up to 98% efficient.
May 2007 11
Unlike most cars, hoisting the bonnet simply means taking
the solar-panel “lid” completely off.
Taking it off is not difficult, as this photo shows. Four
people can easily lift it – it’s unwieldy rather than heavy.
is necessary for several reasons, the main one being cell
matching. A solar cell is only able to pass as much current
as the light falling onto it will allow. Even if two identical cells are wired in series, if one is receiving less light
than the other, the optimum current will be close to the
optimum current for the cell receiving the least light. This
is particularly important in a curved array, where cells
which point in the same direction will receive about the
same amount of light.
The UNSW team did thorough simulations of the car
over the course of the World Solar Challenge (from Darwin
to Adelaide) to work out which parts of the car received
the same amount of light for most of the day and secondly,
where the best cells should be placed (since there is a spread
in efficiency, even within the same type of solar cell).
The other consideration when designing the solar array
electrically was the Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT)
voltage. The closer the solar array voltage to the battery pack
voltage, the higher the efficiency of the MPPT. The solar
cells have an open-circuit voltage of approximately 0.65V
and a maximum power voltage of approximately 0.55V.
Solar cells have a non-linear current-voltage (IV) curve.
That means that the solar cells will operate best at a particular voltage. The position and shape of the curves changes
dramatically with changing light conditions. By contrast,
the battery voltage varies according to its state of charge.
Therefore to get the maximum output from the solar array,
separate MPPTs are connected to each solar panel. The
MPPT is a boost converter which attempts to find the solar panel’s maximum power voltage (Vmp) and perform a
voltage conversion from that voltage to the battery voltage.
The MPPTs for the Sunswift are partly home-grown and
partly outsourced. The power section was manufactured
by the University in Biel, Switzerland, who sell MPPTs to
other solar car teams. The control section is home-grown,
based around a microcontroller and an FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array). The FPGA is required to generate
the relatively complex timing signals required by the power
section. The power section uses a soft-switching boost
converter. “Soft switching” means that there is both zero
voltage and zero current across and through the transistors
when they switch. Two Mosfets are required for this topology and a third is required for synchronous rectification.
As a result, the boost converter is up to 99% efficient.
Believe it or not, this three-line alphanumeric display is
the only instrumentation the driver can see. As well as
current, voltage, power for the array, battery and motor, it
shows speed and motor temperature.
The driver does have rear vision, courtesy of the video
camera mounted behind his/her head and an LCD mounted
inside the vehicle. This photo also shows two battery packs
and some of the control equipment.
Maximum power point tracker
12 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
The control section measures the input current and
voltage and output voltage. It runs an inner control loop
to maintain a given voltage on the solar panel (since the
voltage doesn’t change nearly as much with changing light
conditions), and an outer current loop to adjust that voltage
in order to find the maximum power point. It can adjust
it by one of several algorithms. The two most well-known
algorithms are “perturb and observe”(for hill-climbing) and
“fixed-percentage” which periodically stops the tracker,
measures the open-circuit voltage and takes a fixed percentage of that to be an estimate of Vmp).
The control section also connects to the car’s CAN network for telemetry.
Batteries and microcontrollers
Sunswift’s batteries consist of 200 prismatic lithiumpolymer cells. These are wired into modules of five in
parallel, and 40 of the modules are wired in series to give
a complete battery pack. This gives a pack which is right
on the World Solar Challenge’s 30kg limit. At 4.1V per cell,
the battery pack can be charged to 164V and discharged to
2.7V per cell (108V) when absolutely flat. The pack has a
capacity 40Ah and can drive the car approximately 300km
at 100km/h.
The batteries are connected to a custom-designed battery
monitoring system. The battery monitoring system is built
into the same PC boards which form the interconnection
between the cells. Each PC board has a microcontroller
which monitors four of the series modules. There 10 microcontrollers which communicate with a master via an
isolated serial bus. The microcontrollers themselves are
powered via linear regulators from the batteries they are
measuring. The battery monitoring system is important
because the cells are not necessarily identical and therefore do not charge and discharge the same way. Cells can
become out of balance at different states of charge.
The guys assured us they were not being (overly!) sexist
with “Yael’s First Drive” trophy . . . they admitted that just
about all novice drivers manage to damage tyres while
they get the hang of controlling the vehicle.
The car’s telemetry and control system consists of a
telemetry network and a control bus. The control bus is a
dedicated link between the driver controls and the motor
controller, and is a simple serial RS485 bus. The telemetry uses a CAN network, consisting of a large number of
microcontroller-based nodes spread throughout the car.
These nodes have dedicated jobs such as controlling the
front indicators, measuring the battery/array/motor current and interfacing with the battery monitoring system.
A CAN network links all these nodes, the MPPTs and the
motor controller.
All the data off the network, is sent in packet form by
wireless ethernet to the support car. The support car can
also send messages back to the telemetry network for con-
Apart from the tiny driver’s pod, the whole surface of the
vehicle is covered with solar panels. They are specially
made to be able to fix to curved surfaces and in total are
worth approximately $150,000
The low-profile and extremely low resistance Michelin
radial tyres were made specifically for the solar racers
but are now unfortunately not available. The team is now
looking for alternative tyres.
CAN and telemetry
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 13
Here’s a close-up of one of the battery boxes. Every cell is
individually monitored to ensure that maximum power is
available from each one. Some of the connecting buses are
shown in the photo below (the side of the above photo) and
a couple of the lipol cells are showing signs of expansion.
in order to know exactly how far the car has gone and needs
to go. This is essential for race strategy.
Tilt sensor – measures the car’s angle up/down relative
to horizontal. This allows the strategy software to calculate
how much power the car would be using on a flat road,
and fit a model so that it is possible to a) work out whether
the car is using more or less power than it should and b)
what speed the car should be run at in order to reach the
destination (the course survey also gives the gradient and
overall rise).
One-wire temperature sensors – controls a network of
1-wire temperature sensors on the solar array.
MPPT - sends out panel current and voltage, as well
as several diagnostic values such as heatsink temperature and ambient temperature. Is configurable via the
network (can change the tracking algorithm, perform an
IV sweep, etc).
Motor controller - sends out lots of data. The main values
are the car’s speed, motor current, input current (which is
also measured in the negative sum), motor temperature,
motor controller temperature, low-voltage bus voltage, etc.
The motor controller can also be controlled via the network,
including modification of the cruise-control set point.
Driver display - a 40x2 character LCD panel allows the
driver to read what is going on, including speed. The driver
also tries to maintain limits on the motor currents in order
to avoid overheating and loss in efficiency. Furthermore,
should the wireless link fail, the driver can communicate
information displayed on the driver display back to the
support vehicle via CB radio.
Left-hand-side controls - while the driver’s right-handside controls interface directly with the motor controller via
RS485, the left hand side controls interface with the CAN
network and controls the indicators, hazards, horn, etc.
There are also other miscellaneous electronic devices
in the car, including the rear vision display and camera
and CB radio.
In summary, while the photos in this article show that
Sunswift is not much different mechanically speaking, from
many earlier World Solar Challenge vehicles, its overall
electronics and electric design is fiendishly complex.
What will the new solar race vehicles bring?
SC
Websites for further information:
www.sunswift.com
www.tip.csiro.au/Machines/success/sc.html
trol, configuration and maintenance purposes.
The entire network is isolated, giving the system fault
tolerance. The whole system is decentralised, meaning that
if one node fails, the rest of the system should continue
to operate.
Some of the most interesting CAN nodes in the car are
follows:
Negative sum – forms the negative star-point of the battery, motor and array. It measures the current from each
into the star-point using isolated Hall Effect sensors. It
also measures the battery pack voltage and integrates the
currents to give amp-hours. This forms the basis of battery
state of charge estimation.
GPS – measures the car’s position, altitude, etc. This allows the support car to do a look-up in the course database
14 Silicon Chip
for information on CSIRO motor design.
www.chuck-wright.com/SolarSprintPV/
SolarSprintPV.html for information on solar cells
www.wsc.org.au/2007 for World Solar Challenge
technical and event regulations
www.tritium.com.au/ for information on motor
controllers
Acknowledgement: Our thanks to David Snowdon,
Yael Augarten and other members of the UNSW
Solar Racing Team for their assistance in the
preparation of this article.
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 15
GIVE ’EM A
Not too many (any?) hifi systems these days come with a record
turntable. So what do you do with that collection that’s been
gathering dust since your old faithful died? There’s plenty of
turntables out there! Just dip into our listing.
by BARRIE SMITH
I
f you had any doubts about the future of LP recordings just walk around your local hifi store and see the
bins full of LP reissues and even some new titles. And
they’re not cheap either, with prices frequently level with
and sometimes above new CDs.
Maybe you want to wrap your tone arm around the
Buddy Holly LP, “pressed on 180 grams of virgin vinyl,
remastered from the original tapes without compression!”
Just $48 for a singe disc.
Of course, the happy hunting grounds for vinyl platters
with a bit of age on them are the charity shops, garage sales
and school/church fetes.
Plenty of people these days are spending the odd hour
or spare day converting their vinyl to CD or MPS tracks
for use in iPods and similar. With the right software you
can bring analog recordings back to original quality: no
clicks, bumps, pops.
You need a turntable. There are a few options: you may
have no desire to mix it with eBay to grab a preloved
turntable from a seller that probably matches the age of
your LP collection. If you’re in need of some turntables or
other components of a ‘certain age’ you will be surprised
at how easy and economical they are to acquire these
days. Aside from checking around with friends (especially
16 Silicon Chip
the spouses or partners thereof!) to prise some unwanted
hardware from their hesitant fingers, the next stop should
be the used section of hifi retailers. But you may find the
occasional absence of manuals with used equipment a bit
of a bind!
I regularly haunt Len Wallis’ premises in Sydney; the
pre-owned amps, turntables and tape machines are a joy to
behold, in excellent working order and very fairly priced.
Other cities have similar businesses you can scour.
But if you prefer not to mess with gear of an indeterminate
age and go the new route, there is a virtual forest of new
models out there from prestige manufacturers, as well as
the majors like Sony and Panasonic.
New turntables can vary enormously in price, comparable in the range from a second hand Datsun 120Y to a
new Merc 200; I’m talking in a range from $400 to $68,000!
This turntable listing includes units priced below $2000.
There are others … but if you’re spending in the tens of
thousands of dollars for a turntable to retrieve the sonic
glories of yesterday you either need your head read — or
you should get out more!
(BTW: the abbreviation MM in the listing stands for
moving magnet cartridge.)
siliconchip.com.au
SPIN!
Buying a turntable
The argument continues: is the reproduction of sound
from an analog LP superior to that from a digital CD?
I’m not buying into it other than to say I personally don’t
miss the clicks and bumps from a vinyl LP and I do find
the quality on the best of CDs far superior to that of top
LPs. So there.
But if you want to copy your LP collection to CD and
you’ve dumped the family record player years ago there is
no alternative: you will be buying a new or second hand
turntable.
Basic turntable construction is just that: pretty basic.
In the main case there is a motor, a drive system which
connects the motor to the platter so that it rotates at the
appropriate speed and usually (though not always) some
method of selecting that speed.
Alongside the platter (which itself rotates the records) is
a tone arm which moves over the surface of the record. It
carries the cartridge which converts into electrical signals
the miniscule movement of the stylus as it tracks the record’s groove and vibrates from side to side in accordance
with what was recorded in that groove.
There is usually some method of adjusting the downward
force the stylus exerts on the record.
siliconchip.com.au
The best turntable systems can reduce the clicks and
other noise from the record surface while inferior turntables
may well exacerbate this.
Speeds
33-1/3 RPM (revolutions per minute), 45 RPM and the
lesser seen (older) 78 RPM are the main ones you will encounter. Let’s hope you’re not confronted by 16-2/3 RPM
discs; many older turntables do not handle th is speed!
Before investing in a turntable, check to see if your amplifier or receiver has “phono” inputs.
These are inputs with (a) the appropriate sensitivity (usually around 5-10mV); (b) the appropriate input impedance
(around 50kW) and (c) most importantly, response tailored
to reverse the equalisation which is applied to records in
the manufacturing stage.
If your amplifier or receiver doesn’t have such an input,
you will have to buy a turntable with inbuilt preamp or buy/
build a separate preamp to connect between the turntable
and your amp/receiver. The output from such a preamp
(or preamp-equipped turntable) can be fed directly into the
sound input of your computer for dubbing onto the final
CD. Many computers only have “mic” inputs – use this in
the absence of a “line in” input and reduce the gain.
May 2007 17
Recorded Sound Progress
A successful and commercially viable method of recording and reproducing sound was long in coming but it was
not until 1948 and the arrival of the 12 inch 33-1/3 RPM
vinyl LP that music quality began to approach that of the
original performance.
The earliest recorded sound system dates back to circa
1500 BC. The mammoth “vocal” statue of Memnon at Thebes
had the ability to make the sound of a harp string every day.
The early 16th century saw the appearance of barrel
organs, using rotating cylinders and attached
pins, driven by clockwork gears that
reproduced sound. Jacquard’s punched
card system, initially devised
to weave fabrics in the early
1800s, became the basis of
an organ driven by
bellows, pumping
air jets through the
card holes to
create music. The
approach was similar
to the player piano and
paper rolls that
many of us grew up with.
Edouard-Leon Scott de
Martinville in Paris made a
Berliner
Gramophone
“phonautograph” in 1857 to trace
of
1888waves onto a carbonised cylinder with a stylus attached
sound
to a diaphragm that vibrated from spoken sounds. The device
did not record the sound, only a graphical image of sound.
In 1877 Charles Cros described a phonograph device
but never built a model. Edison was seeking to improve
the telephone in 1877 when he discovered the recording
device known as the phonograph. In the same year Edison
recorded a human voice speaking “Mary had a little lamb”
onto the first phonograph using a tinfoil cylinder. Playing
time was about 2-3 minutes. Early materials used for the
cylinders were lead and wax.
The Graphophone (as distinct from Gramophone) was
patented in 1885, using wax-coated cylinders incised with
vertical-cut grooves.
Emil Berliner was first with a phonograph — the gramophone — in 1887 that used a flat disc, a non-wax disc
engraved with a lateral-cut groove. The 7-inch
(17.5cm) disc was hand-cranked at 30 RPM
with a two minute playing time. Berliner
was the first to mass-produce hard rubber
vulcanite copies from a zinc master disc.
He later used shellac, which was used later
in pressing the popular 78 RPM records
that were displaced by vinyl LPs only
in 1948. The early steel styluses
tracked at a weight of nine ounces
(255 grams).
Magnetic recorders came
along in 1898, patented by Valdemar Poulsen using steel wire. Wire recorders were still in use by Australian radio
Edison tinfoil phonograph
18 Silicon Chip
stations in the 1950s.
Double-sided flat discs were first sold in the early 1900s.
HMV marketed a complete opera on 40 single-sided discs.
The Odeon company competed with the Nutcracker Suite
on four double-sided discs.
Edison fought back in 1912 with blue celluloid cylinders
that played for four minutes. Played with a diamond stylus,
the new cylinder had low surface noise that gave better
quality than flat discs of the period. However Thomas Alva
finally conceded victory to the flat disc and began to use
discs with a surface of plastic, laminated to a 1/4
inch thickness, similar to Bakelite.
The bane of careful record collectors was the
automatic record changer. The average gramophone, loaded with a dozen LPs could be
guaranteed to destroy the audio quality
on those hapless discs in doublequick time. The world’s first
automatic record
Berliner hand
Gramophone
changer was invented by Tasmanian Eric Waterworth, who
showed it first at the 1927 Sydney Home Show. Due to a
series of events Waterworth did not profit from the device,
the patents lapsed and a number of English companies
manufactured record-changing gramophones with almost
all of them using the stepped centre spindle — a central
feature of Waterworth’s design (information from SPAT).
Vinyl discs were first used in 1929 when RCA began making transcription discs from optical movie soundtracks for
radio stations to play on air. The same year saw the final
production run of Ed ison cylinders and discs.
In 1930, RCA Victor launched the first commerciallyavailable vinyl long-playing record, marketed as “Program
Transcription” discs. These revolutionary discs were
designed for playback at 33 RPM and pressed on a 30cmdiameter flexible plastic disc
Many 78s were not recorded
at exactly 78 RPM: speeds of
between 72 and 85 RPM were
quite common. A standard speed was
not decided upon until around 1930.
Up until then, record and replay
speeds were pretty much subject
to the left to the fancy of the
various record companies; in fact,
speeds ranged anywhere from 60 to
130 RPM. The majority of records,
as it worked out, played quite successfully at speeds that ran from 72
to 82 RPM.
Some examples: Edison and Diamond Discs
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 19
play at 80 RPM. Early Pathé
discs run at 100 RPM. It
was rare that a ‘78 RPM’
record actually played at
a true 78 RPM.
All of these will track
happily at 4-5 grams, the
optimum weight given the
groove-wall geometry/dynamics of the 78.
The first magnetic tape recorder was built in Germany by
Dr. Fritz Pfleumer and AEG/Telefunken in 1931; BASF/AEG
made the tape. This recorder was publicly demonstrated
in Berlin in 1935. This invention became the foundation
of the US Ampex corporation (see Ampex and Germany).
Ampex got a leg up thanks to an enterprising US engineer
and the end of WW2. (See AMPEX and Germany).
1948: Columbia introduced the first 12-inch 33-1/3 RPM
micro-groove LP vinyl record with 23 minutes per side capacity. Tracking weights of 5-8 grams were common.
1949: RCA Victor introduced
the 7 inch 45 RPM micro-groove
“Extended Play” vinylite record and player.
1953: Elvis Presley
made his first recording
on disc at the Sun Studio of Sam Phillips in
Memphis; the second
recording by Elvis at
Sun a year later was
taped on two Ampex
350 recorders.
1956: the Chrysler Imperial 16-2/3 RPM record
player with 7-inch ultra
microgroove records appeared.
1958: world standard
for stereo records estabRCA Victor Phonograph
lished and first stereo
LPs sold.
1963: Philips
demonstrated its first
compact audio cassette
Columbia
using
Graphophone
high quality BASF
polyester 1/8 inch tape
that ran at 1-7/8 inches/second.
1966: US cars were equipped with 8-track stereo cartridge
tape players made by the Lear Jet Corporation.
1969: Dolby Noise Reduction introduced.
1971: quadraphonic records were announced, recording
four separate sound signals. This was achieved on the two
stereo channels by electronic matrixing, where the additional channels were combined into the main signal.
1982: first digital audio 12.5cm CD discs marketed by
Sony and Philips. The maximum playing time would be 74
minutes, long enough to hold Beethoven’s 9th Symphony.
1987: Digital Audio Tape (DAT) players introduced. It
was recently announced that production of DAT recorders
is to end.
1999: Sony and Philips launch Super Audio CDs (SACD)
delivering two channel stereo and (optionally) a 5.1 channel
surround mix.
2000: DVD-Audio discs appeared, offering reproduction of up to 7.1 channels.
2001: Apple’s iPod, using a minuscule
internal hard drive, is on the market.
Early Gramophone
Looking for real performance?
• Learn how engine management systems work
160 PAGES
• Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo
2
3
CHAPTERS
boost systems
• Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency,
temperature and voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and
brake and coolant temperatures
• Speedo Corrector, Turbo Timer & Digital Thermometer Projects
Order by phoning (02) 9939 3295 & quoting your credit card number;
or fax the details to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your order with cheque or credit
card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
20 Silicon Chip
of
Intelligen
t
turbo timer
I SBN 095
852 294
9 7809
5
8 5229
4
$19.80 (inc GST)
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas: $A26.00 via airmail.
Fro m the
pu bli sh ers
-4
s fuel cont
rollers
6
NZ $22.00 (inc
TURBO B
OOST
& nitrou
GST)
How eng
in
managemene
t works
siliconchip.com.au
Power Supplies
Oscilloscopes
Spectrum
Analysers
Frequency
Counters
RF Generators
HAMEG Instruments have always been recognised for the consistent quality and nocompromise value of German engineering. And now the news is even better! With more new
products, an attractive educational discount scheme and lower prices for 2007 you owe it to
yourself to find out more. Call us please on 1-300-853-407
Test Equipment: Sales, Service and Calibration
1-300-853-407
www.triosmartcal.com.au
Radio, Television & Hobbies: the COMPLETE archive on DVD
YES!
NA
MORE THA URY
T
N
E
QUARTER C NICS
O
OF ELECTR !
HISTORY
This remarkable collection of PDFs covers every issue of R & H, as it was known from
the beginning (April 1939 – price sixpence!) right through to the final edition of R, TV & H
in March 1965, before it disappeared forever with the change of name to EA.
For the first time ever, complete and in one handy DVD, every article and every issue
is covered.
If you’re an old timer (or even young timer!) into vintage radio, it doesn’t get much more
vintage than this. If you’re a student of history, this archive gives an extraordinary insight
into the amazing breakthroughs made in radio and electronics technology following the
war years.
And speaking of the war years, R & H had some of the best propaganda imaginable!
Even if you’re just an electronics dabbler, there’s something here to interest you.
• Every issue individually archived, by month and year
• Complete with index for each year
• A must-have for everyone interested in electronics
Please note: this archive is in PDF format on DVD for PC.
Your computer will need a DVD-ROM or DVD-recorder (not a CD!)
and Acrobat reader (free download) to enable you to view this archive.
This DVD is NOT playable through a standard A/V-type DVD player.
Exclusive to
SILICON CHIP
ONLY
62
$
00
+$8.80 P&P
HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY:
BY PHONE:*
(02) 9939 3295
9-4 Mon-Fri
BY FAX:#
(02) 9939 2648
24 Hours 7 Days
<at>
BY EMAIL:#
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
BY MAIL:#
PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
* Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details.
siliconchip.com.au
BY INTERNET:^
siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
^ You will be prompted for required information
May 2007 21
The Turntable Listing:
Finding that Stylus
If you’re searching for turntable spares — cartridges,
styli, etc — one source is Decibel Hifi at www.decibelhifi.
com.au
Another is Soundring. They stock a wide range of record
player needles, styli and turntable needles, all delivered
straight to your door. They have online database of over 118
top brands and models, so you’re sure to find the replacement needle or cartridge you are looking for.
Some of the brands include Audio Technica, Denon,
Dual, HMV styli, JVC, Nivico, Ortofon.
Replacement needles and other hifi accessories: Marantz,
National-Panasonic-Technics, NEC, Ortofon, Philips, Pioneer, Sansui, Sanyo, Sharp, Shure, Sony, Stanton, Toshiba,
Yamaha and many more.
Go to www.soundring.com.au/record-play
For much of this surprising activity in turntables and
their essential spares you can thank the DJs that are jazzing
the young at discos and cafes around the country.
One company who is very-DJ aware is Spank Records
(www.spankrecords.com.au) who not only sell turntables
from many well known companies but also deal in headphones, cartridges and styli from Ortofon, Shure, Stanton
and others.
For cartridges/styli and a heap more, Amber Electronics
(www.amberelectronics.com) is a good one-stop shop. The
cartridge brands include Leda, Io, Europa and The Tribute. Amber’s ‘heap more’ covers preamps and integrated
amplifiers.
Denon DP-29F
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt
drive, phono equaliser, tone arm and
MM cartridge.
Price: $299
Denon DP-300F
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor,
fully auto, belt drive with MM
cartridge and built in preamp.
Price: $699
Dual CS415-2
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm
and MM cartridge.
Price: $499.
Dual CS-435-1
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor,
belt drive, tone arm and MM
cartridge.
Price: $649.
Original - AT-2008
A
s
Dual CS-455-1M
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm and
MM cartridge.
Price: $799.
DIY Parts
PIC?
Ming Da - MC-2A3
Goldring GR1.2
"it doesn’t have to cost an arm and a leg
to enjoy the pleasures of valve audio..."
Daniel Chin
0422 753 517
John Pham
0431 582 396
COEM Audio Australia
www.coemaudio.com.au
22 Silicon Chip
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt
drive, tone arm and MM cartridge.
Price:
$699.
Goldring GR2
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt
drive, tone arm and MM cartridge.
Price: $1199.
siliconchip.com.au
Outputs
Note: most turntables in this listing have outputs only for preamps;
these are of insufficient level and of no help when copying LPs to
your computer.
There are some turntables that have an inbuilt pre-amp and line
level outputs; these can be connected directly to your computer for
dubbing to the hard drive.
There are also a couple of budget-priced turntables on sale in
mainstream retailers. K-Mart has two models, one of which has an
inbuilt pre-amp. Prices are $49 and $69.
There is also the Optimus LAB1100 turntable and pre-amplifier
combo from Dick Smith Electronics. At $98 it’s certainly priced right.
Also of note are two Stanton models that have a digital output.
Moth ALAMO1
33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous AC
servo motor, belt drive, tone arm,
no cartridge.
Price: $715.
Vinyl spoken here!
Australia’s turntable specialists
New and used turntables, tonearms, phono cartridges &
styli, vinyl record cleaning products, alignment tools, test
LP, stylus pressure gauges, upgrades for turntables &
tonearms, phono preamplifiers, accessories, turntable belts,
turntable parts, repairs & set up, cartridge re-tipping.
Brands include Linn, Origin Live, Pro-Ject, Rek-O-Kut,
Rega, Graham Slee Projects, The Cartridge Man, The Disc
Doctor, Garrott, Ortofon, Audio Technica, Moth, Loricraft.
Also distributing Jordan loudspeaker drivers and kits, and
Sonic Impact T-amp products.
SPECIAL OFFER
for SILICON CHIP readers
This CANRONG CRB-5 digital
stylus pressure gauge normally
sells on our website for $93.50.
Now just $71.50. Use code SC5 in
the Customer Instructions when placing your order on the website
Moth ALAMOX
33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous AC
servo motor, belt drive, tone arm,
no cartridge.
Price: $935.
NAD C555
33-1/3, 45 RPM, AC motor, belt
drive, tone arm and MM
cartridge.
Price: $799.
Optimus LAB1100
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor,
belt drive, inbuilt pre-amp,
tone arm and MM cartridge.
Price: $98.
Panasonic Technics
SL-BD20
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm and
MM cartridge.
Price: $279.
siliconchip.com.au
Copyright
Copyright, especially in Australia, can be a legal minefield.
Take a look at www.copyright.org.au and see if the situation worries you enough to deter you from copying your
old analog material – in fact, copying any material.
In the US the copyright laws permit the making of one
copy of an original for personal use. In Australia no such
provision exists. Here it is illegal to make any type of copy
of recorded music without the permission of the copyright
owner – and that permission is rarely, if ever, given – especially without paying some form of licence fee.
The key points:
• There is no general right for individuals to copy recorded
music, even from a record or CD you own and even if you
want to use it on another form of “player” (eg, copying to
an MP3 player or, as we are discussing here, copying old
records to CDs).
• There is no general right to copy copyright material for
personal use under Australian law.
• Ownership of a physical item (such as a CD) does not
give you the right to make copies (including copying into
a digital or other format).
• There is no general right to copy recorded music from
the internet without the copyright owners’ permission.
The reality is that thousands of people make copies of
records and CDs for personal use every day of the year.
In moral and legal terms, it would be foolish to make copies for resale – or for gift-giving to another person.
Much more information awaits at www.copyright.org.
au/PDF/InfoSheets/G070.pdf
May 2007 23
Turntable with USB output
An easier approach
could be the ION ITT
USB Turntable, the
world’s first USB turntable. It allows you to
convert a vinyl collection directly to CD or
(even MP3) with the
included recording
software. It is a ‘must
have’ for people who
don’t want to deal with clumsy adapters or mismatched
audio formats.
The ION USB turntable includes Audacity software for
Win/Mac for recording as well as a trial of Bias Soundsoap
2 for cleaning and restoring LPs.
If you’ve got a stack of old 45s, 33s or even 78s, you can
now convert them to digital with this belt drive turntable.
As well as the USB output it has a line level output for
connecting to any home stereo with CD or auxiliary (AUX)
inputs, via the stereo RCA outputs; it also has a 3.5mm
stereo input so you can take a feed from a stereo cassette
machine. It is compatible with any software that supports
USB audio input sound cards so you can convert your vinyl
into WAV, WMV, AIFF and MP3s.
Includes a USB cable and pre-mounted cartridge with
stylus and adjustable anti-skating control; a 45 RPM disc
adaptor is in the kit. The turntable weighs 6 kg.
While the turntable has only 33-1/3 and 45 RM speeds
the included software can be used to convert 33-1/3 RPM
transfers to 78 RPM. Another trick: replay 33-1/3 RPM
discs at 45 RP for the dub: whilst saving time, these speed
conversions possibly compromises the quality. In the case
of the 78 RPM trick, the LP stylus is certainly the wrong
profile for the old 78 shellac grooves.
System requirements: Windows 98, 2000, or XP; Mac
running OS9 or greater including Mac Universal.
Price: $349.00
1300 761 466
www.techtoolsoftware.com
Do it once. Do it right.
Vinyl-to-digital
transcription cartridge
Panasonic Technics
SL-1200MK2 and
SL-1210MK2
33-1/3, 45 RPM, brushless DC
servo motor, quartz direct drive,
manual turntable.
Price: $999.
Panasonic Technics
SL-1210M5G
33-1/3, 45 RPM, brushless DC
servo motor, quartz direct drive,
manual turntable.
Price: $1299.
Panasonic Technics
SL-1200MK5 and
SL-1210MK5
33-1/3, 45 RPM, brushless DC
servo motor, quartz direct drive,
manual turntable.
Price: $1099.
Pioneer PL-990
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, phono
equaliser, tone arm and
MM cartridge.
Price: $349.
Pro-Ject Debut III
33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous
AC motor, belt drive, tone
arm and MM cartridge.
Price: $399.
Pro-Ject Debut III Phono SB
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, synchronous
AC motor, electronic speed
control, belt drive, preamp,
tone arm and MM cartridge.
Price: $599.
Pro-Ject Xpression MK II
Call for free info pack
www.ortofon.com www.speakerbits.com 03 9647 7000
24 Silicon Chip
33-1/3, 45 RPM, suspended
synchronous AC motor,
electronic speed control,
belt drive, tone arm.
Price: $599.
siliconchip.com.au
Pro-Ject RPM5
33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous
AC motor, belt drive, tone arm.
Price: $849.
They have
arrived!
Pro-Ject RPM 6.1 SB
33-1/3, 45, RPM, synchronous
AC motor, electronic speed
control, belt drive, tone arm.
Price: $1199.
Pro-Ject RPM 9
33-1/3, 45 RPM, separate
synchronous AC motor,
perimeter belt drive, electronic
speed control, tone arm.
Price $1999.
Fuel Cells
Off grid power for measurement, transportation,
security and telecommunications industries
Generate electricity without combustion, without sunlight or wind,
without pollution. Fuel cells are small, lightweight and portable, quiet,
have no major moving parts and require no maintenance. They have an
expected operational life exceeding 8000 hours of run time.
5 litre and 10 litre fuel cartridges are available. For example, an off-grid
video camera will operate for up to 8 weeks on a single 10 litre fuel cartridge.
Technical data
Rega P1
RB100 tone arm and Ortofon
OM53 moving magnet
cartridge.
Price: $599.
Rega P2
RB250 tonearm, stabilised
22mm platter, high quality main
bearing,
Price: $799.
Rek-O-Kut Rondine Jnr
33-1/3, 45. 78 RPM with pitch
control, belt drive, tone arm, MM
phono cartridge with LP and 78
styli. Price: $594
Rek-O-Kut Vintage
33-1/3, 45. 78 RPM with pitch
control, belt drive, tone arm,
auto-return.
Price: $770.
.
siliconchip.com.au
Model
Charging capacity
600
600Wh/day
50Ah/day
1200
1200Wh/day
100Ah/day
1600
1600Wh/day
130Ah/day
Nominal Voltage *
12V
12V
12V
Nominal Power
25W
50W
65W
4.2A
5.4A
*24V available on request
Nominal Current
2.1A
Fuel consumption
1.1 litres per kWh. 1.3 litres per 100Ah
Weight
7.3kg
Dimensions
Batteries
7.5kg
7.6kg
(L x W x H) 435mm x 200mm x 276mm
40 to 200AH recommended
100% availability
Maintenance free and absolutely reliable. Even under extreme climate
conditions it ensures 100% availability of your equipment. This is a
decisive advantage, especially in hard-to-reach areas or with critical
applications such as observation posts.
Fully automatic
Automatic charge control, continuously monitors battery status as it
powers your electrical equipment. If the battery’s voltage sinks below the
level pre-programmed by the user, the fuel cell activates, charges the
battery, and then automatically shuts itself off. And it does so without any
user intervention.
Remote Control
Each fuel cell can be connected by an interface adapter to any RS232
interface and serviced/monitored using a cellphone, laptop or PC from the
office.
Theft Proof
Solar cells need to be placed out in the open where it is difficult to protect
them against theft and vandalism. The compact fuel cell can be integrated
into any standard cabinet or box.
More Power
With the control interface you can operate up to 5 fuel cells in parallel,
giving you a capacity of up to 8000Wh per day.
Siomar Battery Industries
Ph: (08) 9302 5444 Email: mark<at>siomar.com
Contact:
May 2007 25
Rek-O-Kut CVS14
Professional AM-FM Monitor Receivers
RMR-01
Complete Broadcast Studio Off-Air
Monitor Receiver System with
Composite Output, Audio Distribution and Alarms
RRR-01
Versatile AM-FM Receiver
240 V AC and 12 V DC Operation
Composite Output - Re-Broadcast - MATV Systems
Tunnel Repeaters - Radio News Rooms - Pre Select
up to 32 Mixed AM - FM Stations via RS-485 Control
Optional Model PSS-01 Wired Controller Available
Ideal AM Receiver for use in Remote Locations
Fully manual 33/45/78 RPM turntable with a continuously variable
and calibrated “78” range of from
62 to 94 RPM, high-torque directdrive motor, tone arm, can play up
to 14-inch records.
Price: $990.
Rek-O-Kut CVS16
Fully manual 33/45/78 RPM turntable with a continuously variable
and calibrated “78” range of
from 62 to 94 RPM, high-torque
direct-drive motor, tone arm,
can play up to 16-inch records.
Price: $1210.
Rek-O-Kut Rondine 3
SMR-01
Scanning Monitor Receiver
Monitoring of up to 8 Mixed Remote
AM - FM Services - Failure Report by FAX
For Details and Price, please contact us at
ELAN
Phone 08 9277 3500
AUDIO
Fax
08 9478 2266
2 Steel Court. South Guildford email sales<at>elan.com.au
www.elan.com.au
Western Australia 6055
Cleaning
Possibly the most critical factor in getting the best out of
early analog recordings – especially disc, to a lesser degree
tape – is getting rid of the cause of a lot of the noise and
other garbage from the record surface: dust.
And that means cleaning both the media and the machines that play them.
In the heyday of vinyl records, no self-respecting audiophile would put a disc on the turntable without ensuring
both were clean: the turntable platter with a dust brush
and the disc itself with one of a variety of dust collectors
designed for the purpose. Such things are still available
today but you may have to search for them!
For really dirty recordings, by all means use appropriate
methods to clean vinyls and tapes but watch out for shellac or acetate records – alcohol will destroy these – so use
water-based compounds.
First of all, clean the mat of your turntable.
If a “78” is cracked at the edges, avoid wetting it with
anything: some 78s have a centre of fibrous material which
expands when wet and shatters the record.
Vinyls can be safely cleaned with distilled water, although grime will possibly be removed only by the use of
proprietary fluids.
A whole list of excellent cleaning approaches can be
accessed at Decibel Hi Fi (www.decibelhifi.com.au).
Or you can go to www.screensound.gov.au and follow
the “Preservation” link.
26 Silicon Chip
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, and 9 other
speeds for vintage discs and half
speed mastering, DC motor, belt
drive, electronic power supply,
Delrin platter, audiophile quality
tone arm.
Price: $1980.
Sony PSLX250H
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor,
belt drive, inbuilt pre-amp, MM
cartridge.
Price: $299.
Stanton STR8.150
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, direct drive, inbuilt
pre-amp, digital output, tone arm
and MM cartridge.
Price: $1,099.
Stanton T.120
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, direct drive, inbuilt
preamp, digital output, tone arm
and MM cartridge.
Price: $949.
Stanton T.80
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, direct drive, inbuilt
pre-amp, tone arm and MM
cartridge.
Price: $699.
siliconchip.com.au
Stanton T.60
33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo
motor, direct drive, inbuilt
pre-amp, tone arm and MM
cartridge.
Price: $399.
Thorens TD-170
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm and
Ortofon OMB10 MM cartridge,
fully automatic.
Price: $649.
Thorens TD-170 Phono
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm
and MM cartridge and phono
stage, fully automatic.
Price: $725.
Thorens TD-190
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm and
Ortofon OMB10 MM cartridge,
heavier platter, fully automatic.
Price: $799.
Thorens TD-240
33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo
motor, belt drive, tone arm
and Audio Technica AT95E
MM cartridge, fully automatic.
Price: $995.
Thorens TD-295 MKIV
33-1/3, 45, DC servo motor,
belt drive, rigid tone arm and
Audio Technica AT95E MM
cartridge, heavier platter and
plinth.
Price: $1149.
NEXT MONTH: We’ll look at some
of the software available to assist
you in cleaning up old records and
review one outstanding package!
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 27
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
20W Class-A
Amplifier Module
PT.1: By LEO SIMPSON & PETER SMITH
This new 20W class-A power amplifier module is a
refinement of the very popular 15W class-A module
published in SILICON CHIP in July & August 1998. It
features ultra-low distortion levels, very low noise
levels and a greatly simplified power supply which
improves overall efficiency. Since it runs in pure
class-A mode, there is no crossover distortion at all.
34 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
The MJL21193 and MJL21194 output transistors are spaced well apart
and bolted to a large heatsink. The heatsink may look big but it has
to be that size to safely dissipate around 50W continuously. This view
shows the lefthand power amplifier module. The righthand module is
laid out almost as a mirror image.
In the result, we have made quite a
few minor improvements to the original amplifier module. Together, these
added up to an overall major improvement which enabled us to dispense
with the regulated power supply.
This makes the overall circuit more
efficient and means that the amplifier
can now use some of the power previously wasted in the regulated supply.
That also reduces component cost and
actually helps reduce distortion in an
already exceptional design.
Some of the changes in the design
are based on ideas and circuits published by the noted audio designer
Douglas Self and outlined in a number
of his books (available from the SILICON
CHIP Bookshop).
All in the same case
The 15W/Channel Stereo Class-A
amplifier presented in August 1998
also featured a separate power supply
box because hum radiation from the
power transformer was quite high.
This new design will feature a shielded
toroidal transformer which means that
there is no need for a separate box. We
will talk more about this aspect in a
future article.
Redesigned PC board
T
HIS UPGRADED CLASS-A amplifier has been a long time coming.
Virtually since the original circuit was
published in July 1998, readers have
been hankering for more power. Until
recently, we have resisted because we
knew that increasing the power output
would bring a proportional increase
in overall power consumption which
was already quite high.
This is the great drawback of any
class-A design. While they are beautifully distortion-free, they dissipate
the same high power whether they are
delivering a milliwatt, one watt or full
siliconchip.com.au
power. And the total power consumption, and therefore heat dissipation,
of the previous 15W/Channel Class-A
Stereo Amplifier was 100 watts. That’s
quite a lot of power dissipation for not
very much audio output.
So how could we increase the power
output while staying within the original parameters – ie, the original large
single-sided heatsinks and the 160VA
toroidal power transformer? The answer was not simple but essentially
involved analysing the weaknesses of
the original design to see if we could
make worthwhile improvements.
We have completely re-designed the
PC board so that the two power output
transistors are spread much further
apart. Instead of concentrating the
heat in the centre of the heatsink, it
spreads the heat over a wider area and
makes more efficient use of the available heatsink area. In fact, while the
new amplifier module can deliver up
to 25W (instead of the original 15W),
the heatsink temperature remains
about the same as the original design;
ie, about 30°C above ambient.
By the way, we must stipulate that
even though the amplifier can deliver
up to 25W at the onset of clipping, it
only provides pure class-A operation
up to 20W. Beyond this, it is operating
class AB – still with very low distortion but not genuine class-A.
We made this compromise to reduce
the temperature rise on the heatsinks.
With sufficient quiescent current to
ensure class-A operation up to 25W,
the heatsinks simply became too hot.
In fact, the new circuit is actually
slightly more “voltage-efficient” than
the old one, so that the available output
voltage from the balanced supply rails
is greater than before. We will see just
May 2007 35
Fig.1: this graph plots the total harmonic distortion
(THD) at 1kHz from 100mW to just over 25W.
Fig.2: the distortion versus frequency at 10W & 20W into
an 8-ohm load (measurement bandwidth 22Hz to 80kHz).
Fig.3: distortion vs frequency at 10W from 20Hz to
20kHz (measurement bandwidth 22Hz to 22kHz).
Fig.4: the frequency response is ruler flat over the audible
frequency range, with -3dB points at 1.5Hz and 190kHz.
how these improvements have come
about as we go through the circuit
description.
Performance
Since many readers will not be familiar with the original design published
in July & August 1998, we will present the complete circuit description
and mention the differences with the
older design where appropriate. But
first, let’s talk about performance.
The distortion of this new design
is actually lower than the original,
amazing though that may seem. For
those who have the original articles
and who want to make direct comparisons, we have produced equivalent
distortion plots. If you don’t have the
original articles, you will just have to
take our word for it that the distortion
is lower.
36 Silicon Chip
Fig.1 shows the total harmonic
distortion at 1kHz for power levels
from 100mW up to clipping which
occurs in excess of 25W. Note that the
distortion for power levels between
say 5W and 20W is far below .001%
and is typically less than .0006% at
around 10W.
Similarly, Fig.2 shows the distortion
versus frequency for power levels of
10W and 20W into an 8-ohm load, using a measurement bandwidth of 22Hz
to 80kHz. This is a far more stringent
test as the distortion for any amplifier,
even quite good designs, usually rises
quite markedly at high powers for
frequencies above 5kHz. But for this
design, at 10W, the distortion at 20kHz
is only marginally above that at 1kHz
and is considerably better across the
whole spectrum than the older design.
At 20W, the new design has about half
the distortion of the original design at
15W and that is right across the spectrum, not just at one frequency!
Fig.3 is included largely as a matter
of academic interest and is taken for a
power output of 10W for frequencies
from 20Hz to 20kHz but with a bandwidth of 22Hz to 22kHz. Note that this
means that harmonics above 22kHz
will be ignored and therefore the distortion for signal frequencies above
10kHz will be artificially attenuated.
Having said that, the distortion levels
shown on Fig.3 are less than half that
for the equivalent distortion plot (also
Fig.3) in the July 1998 article.
Frequency response is ruler flat, as
shown in Fig.4. It is -1dB at 90Hz and
-3dB at 1.5Hz and 190kHz. This is a
much wider frequency response than
the original design and comes about
because we have used much gentler
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 PC board coded 01105071
(“left”) or 01105072 (“right”),
146mm x 80mm
2 Micro-U TO-220 heatsinks
(Altronics H-0630, Jaycar HH8502)
3 TO-126 heatsink pads (Altronics H-7230)
2 TO-3P heatsink pads (Farnell
936-753 recommended, see
text in Pt.2)
1 diecast heatsink, 300 x 75 x
49mm (W x H x D) (Altronics
H-0545)
1 PC-mount RCA socket
2 M3 x 10mm tapped spacers
2 M3 x 6mm pan head screws
2 M3 x 10mm pan head screw
2 M3 x 20mm pan head screws
6 M3 flat washers
4 M3 nuts
5 M4 x 10mm screws
5 M4 flat washers
5 M4 shakeproof washers
5 M4 nuts
5 6.3mm single-ended chassismount spade lugs (Jaycar
PT-4910)
4 M205 fuse clips (F1 & F2)
2 3A M205 slow-blow fuses
1 11.8mm or 13.8mm ID bobbin
(Altronics L-5305)
1 2-metre length of 1mm-diameter
enamelled copper wire
0.7mm diameter tinned copper
wire for links
1 1kW 25-turn trimpot (Altronics
R-2376A, Jaycar RT-4644)
Semiconductors
2 2SA970 low-noise PNP transistors (Q1 & Q2) (avail-able from
www.futurlec.com)
4 BC546 NPN transistors (Q3,
Q4, Q8 & Q9)
3 BC556 PNP transistors (Q5- Q7)
filtering at the input of the amplifier.
We will describe the reasoning behind
this later in the article.
Residual noise measurements have
also improved. Unweighted signal-tonoise ratio with respect to 20W into
8W is -115dB while the A-weighted
figure is -118dB.
Even though those noise figures are
highly creditable, they are not low
enough to enable us to accurately
siliconchip.com.au
2 BD139 NPN transistors (Q10 &
Q11) (Farnell 955-6052)
1 BD140 PNP transistor (Q13)
(Farnell 955-6060)
1 MJL21193 PNP transistor
(Q12) (Jaycar ZT-2227, Farnell
955-5781)
1 MJL21194 NPN transistor
(Q14) (Jaycar ZT-2228, Farnell
955-5790)
2 1N4148 diodes (D1, D2)
Capacitors
1 1000mF 35V PC electrolytic
2 470mF 35V PC electrolytic
4 47mF 25V PC electrolytic
1 220mF 25V PC electrolytic
1 820pF 50V ceramic disc
1 100pF 50V NPO ceramic disc
(Jaycar RC-5324)
4 100nF metallised polyester (MKT)
1 150nF 250VAC metallised polyester or polypropylene (Farnell
121-5452)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 1MW
1 510W
4 10kW
1 270W
3 2.2kW
8 100W
1 1kW
3 68W
1 680W
1 16W
1 6.8W 1W 5%
1 10W 1W 5%
2 0.1W 5W 5% wirewound
2 1.5W 5W 5% wirewound (for
testing)
Power Supply
1 PC board coded 01105073,
134mm x 63mm
1 16V+16V 160VA magnetically
shielded toroidal transformer
(see text in Pt.2).
4 M3 x 10mm tapped spacers
4 M3 x 6mm pan head screws
6 M4 x 10mm pan head screws
measure the distortion at low power
(ie, below 5W). This is because the
residual noise becomes a significant
part of the measurement and largely
masks the actual distortion. We
discussed this in some detail in the
July 1998 article and published some
noise-averaged scope plots of the distortion products to demonstrate this
mechanism. We hope to feature some
equivalent scope plots next month.
6 M4 flat washers
6 M4 shakeproof washers
6 M4 nuts
3 6.3mm single-ended chassismount spade lugs (Jaycar
PT-4910)
3 6.3mm double-ended 45° or
90° chassis-mount spade lugs
(Jaycar PT-4905, Altronics
H-2261)
Extra heavy-duty hook-up wire
and spade crimp lugs for lowvoltage wiring
Mains connection hardware to
suit installation
Semiconductors
1 KBPC3504 400V 35A bridge
rectifier (Altronics Z-0091)
2 3mm red LEDs
Capacitors
6 10,000mF 35V or 50V snap-in
PC-mount electrolytics (max.
30mm diameter) (Altronics
R-5601, Farnell 945-2869)
2 100nF metallised polyester (MKT)
Resistors
2 2.2kW 1W 5%
Transistor Quality
To ensure published performance,
the MJL21193 & MJL21194 power
transistors must be On Semiconductor branded parts, while the
2SA970 low-noise devices must be
from Toshiba. Be particularly wary
of counterfeit parts.
We recommend that all other transistors be from reputable manufacturers, such as Philips (NXP
Semiconductors), On Semiconductor and ST Microelectronics. This
applies particularly to the BD139
& BD140 output drivers.
For the moment, we can unequivocally state that this new class-A amplifier module is one of the lowest
distortion designs ever produced,
anywhere!
Circuit description
Fig.5 shows the full circuit of the
new amplifier. While the general configuration is similar to that used in our
July 1998 design, very few component
May 2007 37
Performance: Class-A Amplifier Module
Output power: 20W into 8W (pure class-A); see text
Frequency response: 0dB down at 20Hz; ~0.2dB down at 20kHz; -3dB <at>
1.5Hz and 190kHz (Fig.4)
Input sensitivity: 625mV RMS (for full power into 8W)
Input impedance: ~10kW
Rated harmonic distortion: <.002% from 20Hz – 20kHz, typically .0006%
(Fig.2)
Signal-to-noise ratio: -115dB unweighted, -118dB A-weighted (with respect
to 20W into 8W, 22Hz-22kHz bandwidth)
Damping factor: 180 at 1kHz
Stability: unconditional
values are the same. Some of the transistors have been changed, the cascode
stage has been omitted, the biasing
arrangements for the constant current
sources (Q5, Q6 & Q7) have been significantly changed and the impedance
of the input and feedback networks has
been substantially reduced.
These changes were made to improve the residual noise, the power
supply rejection ratio (PSRR) and the
voltage efficiency of the amplifier.
In fact, the only stages which are
largely unchanged are the Vbe amplifier (Q10) and the complementaryfeedback pair (CFP) power output
stage. So let’s go through the circuit.
The input signal is coupled via a
47mF 25V electrolytic capacitor and
100W resistor (R2) to the base of transistor Q1, one of an input differential
pair (ie, Q1 & Q2) using Toshiba
2SA970 PNP low-noise transistors.
The 100W input resistor and 820pF
capacitor (C1) constitute a low pass
filter with a -6dB/octave rolloff above
190kHz.
This is a much lower impedance
network than the previous design, in
order to provide the lowest impedance
for the signal source. In fact, a simple
20kW volume control, as used in the
previous design, will also degrade
the amplifier’s noise performance and
for that reason we will be presenting
an active volume control circuit in a
future issue.
Both the bias resistor for Q1 and the
series feedback resistor to the base of
Q2 are set at 10kW (instead of 18kW
in the original design), again to minimise source impedance and thereby,
Johnson noise.
The gain of the amplifier is set by the
38 Silicon Chip
ratio of the 10kW and 510W feedback
resistors to a value of 20.6, while the
low-frequency rolloff (-3dB) of the gain
is set by the 220mF capacitor to 1.4Hz.
Readers may wonder why we used
such large electrolytic capacitors in
the input and feedback networks. The
answer is that we are acting to eliminate any effects of capacitor distortion
in the audio pass-band.
Readers might also wonder why
we have not used non-polarised (NP)
electrolytics for these functions since
they are normally preferable where
the capacitor operating voltage is
extremely low. The answer is that NP
electrolytics could have been used
except for their greater bulk and we
wanted to minimise any extraneous
signal pickup by physically larger
capacitors.
That is one of the unwanted sideeffects of a much wider frequency
response – the amplifier is more prone
to EMI and in the extreme case, to
supersonic oscillation if the wiring
details are not duplicated exactly.
D1 & D2 are included across the
220mF capacitor as insurance against
possible damage if the amplifier suffers a fault which pegs the output to
the -22V rail. In this circumstance,
the loudspeakers would be protected
against damage by a loudspeaker protection module (to be published in a
coming month) but the 220mF capacitor would be left to suffer the reverse
current. We have used two diodes here
instead of one, to ensure that there is
no distortion due to the non-linear
effects of a single diode junction at
the maximum feedback signal level
of about 1V peak.
Most of the voltage gain of the ampli-
fier is provided by Q9 which is fed via
emitter follower Q8 from the collector
of Q1. The emitter follower is used to
buffer the collector of Q1 to minimise
non-linearity. Q9 is operated without
an emitter resistor to maximise gain
and output voltage swing.
The collector loads for Q1 & Q2 are
provided by current mirror transistors
Q3 & Q4. Similarly, the collector load
for Q9 is provided by a constant current load comprising transistors Q6 &
Q7. Interestingly, the base bias voltage
for constant current source Q5 is also
set by Q6. Q5 is the constant current
“tail” for the input differential pair and
it sets the collector current through
these transistors.
Power supply rejection ratio
The reason for the rather complicated bias network for Q5, Q6 and Q7
is to produce a major improvement
in the power supply rejection ratio
(PSRR) of the amplifier. Similarly, the
PSRR is improved by the bypass filter
network consisting of the 10W resistor
and 1000mF 35V capacitor in the negative supply rail.
Why is PSRR so important? Because
this amplifier runs in class-A, it pulls
a constant current in excess of 1A
(actually 1.12A) from the positive and
negative supply rails. This is a great
deal higher than the typical quiescent
current of a class-B amplifier which is
typically around 20-30mA.
The result of this is that the 100Hz
ripple superimposed on the supply
lines is about 500mV peak-peak, when
two modules are connected. Hence
we need a PSRR that is much higher
than for a typical class-B amplifier.
That is why we employed a regulated
power supply for the previous classA design.
The output signal from voltage amplifier stage Q9 is coupled to driver
transistors Q11 and Q13 via 100W
resistors. These protect Q7 and Q9
in the event of a short circuit to the
amplifier output which could possibly
blow these transistors before the fuses
blow. The 100W resistors also have a
secondary function in acting as “stopper” resistors to help prevent parasitic
oscillation in the output stage.
As already mentioned, the output
stage actually uses complementary
feedback pairs, based on Q11 & Q12
and Q13 & Q14. These give a more
linear performance than the more
usual Darlington transistor pairs used
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 39
Fig.5: the circuit is a conventional direct-coupled feedback amplifier with complementary feedback pairs (Q11 & Q12 and Q13 & Q14) in the
output stage. The Vbe multiplier (Q10) is adjusted to give a quiescent current of 1.12A.
Here’s a preview of the power supply module. It’s driven
from a bridge rectifier and carries six 10,000mF 35V
filter capacitors plus two LED circuits to discharge the
capacitors after switch-off.
in many push-pull amplifiers. In effect,
they are connected as feedback pairs
with 100% current feedback from the
collector of Q12 to the emitter of Q11
by virtue of a 0.1W “emitter” resistor.
To make the CFP concept easier to
understand, consider Q11 as a standard common emitter amplifier with a
100W collector load resistor. Q12’s base
emitter junction is connected across
this 100W resistor and so it becomes a
current amplifier stage and its collector load is the common 0.1W resistor
which provides the current feedback
to the emitter of Q11. Because there
is 100% local feedback, these output
pairs have unity gain and a very high
degree of linearity.
We should also mention the output
transistors specified for this amplifier.
They are the MJL21193 and MJL21194
plastic encapsulated transistors which
have been featured in quite a few of
our higher-powered amplifiers over
the years. They are rated at 250V, 16A
(30A peak) and 200W, and are clearly
far more rugged than they need to be
for an amplifier of this rating.
We use them here because they are
among the best complementary power
transistors for linearity made by any
manufacturer in the world (originally
made by Motorola and now sourced
by On Semiconductor).
Another circuit change in this new
module is that we have used a BD139
and a BD140 as the driver transistors in
the complementary feedback pairs in40 Silicon Chip
stead of using the lower power BC337
& BC327. This was necessary because
of the higher power dissipation in the
driver transistors.
Vbe multiplier stage
Q10 is the Vbe multiplier and it has
exactly the same arrangement as in any
class-B amplifier. A “Vbe multiplier”
is a temperature-compensated floating
voltage source and in this case it provides about 1.6V between the bases of
Q11 & Q13. Q10 multiplies the voltage
between its base and emitter, by the
ratio of the total resistance between its
collector and emitter to the resistance
between its base and emitter.
In practice, VR1 is not adjusted to
produce a particular voltage across
Q10 but to produce the specified quiescent current of 1.12A in the output
stage. This requires a voltage of 112mV
across each 0.1W emitter resistor.
In practice too, the emitter resistors
have a 5% tolerance so we average the
voltage across each of these resistors
at 112mV.
Note that you will need a digital
multimeter for this adjustment (more
on this next month).
An interesting point about Q10 is
that we have specified a BD139 for
this task instead of a much-lower rated
BC547 or similar transistor which
would certainly be adequate from the
point of power dissipation. The reason
for using the BD139 is that its package
and junction does a much better job
of tracking the junction temperature
of the driver and output transistors
and thereby gives much better bias
stability. In fact, Q10 is bolted to the
same heatsink as driver transistor Q11
to improve tracking.
Also included to improve temperature compensation is the 16W resistor
in the collector circuit of Q10; a small
point but still worthwhile.
Output RLC filter
The remaining circuit feature to be
discussed is the output RLC filter, comprising a 6.8mH air-cored choke, a 6.8W
resistor and 150nF capacitor. This
output filter was originally produced
by Neville Thiele and is still the most
effective output filter for isolating the
amplifier from any large capacitive reactances in the load, thereby ensuring
unconditional stability. It also helps
attenuate any RF signals picked up by
the loudspeaker leads and stops them
being fed back to the early stages of the
amplifier where they could cause RF
breakthrough.
Finally, as with any high-quality
amplifier design, the PC board itself
is a very critical part of the circuit
and is major factor in the overall performance. Even small deviations in
PC layout can have major deleterious
effects on the distortion performance.
That’s all for now. In Pt.2, we’ll show
you how to build the matching left and
right amplifier modules and describe
SC
the power supply assembly.
siliconchip.com.au
100W SOLAR PANEL ARRAY WITH FREE REGULATOR KIT
L
A
E
ED
L
A
I
C
SPE
G
A
K
PAC
This 100W solar array includes five 20W – 12V polycrystalline solar panels, a 12V/24V regulator kit + weatherproof kit box.
Why 5 X 12V/20W panels and not 1 X 100W panel?...Loss of output due to damage or obstruction of a panel will result in
a 20% loss in output, not 100% loss. Air gaps between panels increase cooling and thus increases panel efficiency. Much
cheaper and less fragile to post. The wiring configuration can be changed for different voltages. Does not include the 2
lengths of aluminium angle, rivets or connecting wire, all worth around $15. Specifications For Individual Panel:Peak
Power: 20W, Open Circuit Voltage: 21V, Short Circuit Current: 1.3A, Voltage At Max. Power: 17.5V, Current At Max.
Power: 1.1A, Dim: 610 x 290 x 25mm. 5 X 12V/20W panels +regulator kit + weatherproof box (ARRAY) $690.00
We have a new shipment of our
DC MOTOR SPEED / HOT WIRE
CONTROLLER KIT K252
hugely popular high power
This kit produces a Pulse Width Modulated
DC Motors that has just arrived.
(PWM) output for DC motors or resistive Also wheels, chains and sprockets.
loads like light bulbs & hot wire foam cutters.
See our Website for more details
NEW T
EN
M
P
I
H
S
CK
O
T
S
IN
NOW
200W WIND GENERATOR
It can be used with the trim-pot supplied or
NEW MOTOR
your own external 5K pot. This controller
START RELAY
would be ideal for use with most of our DC
600V 24A
motors.
BRAND NEW
WITH SLIP RINGS AND FREE
BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER KIT
This serious 3ph 200W wind generator
has fibreglass blades spanning 2.1m. It
is designed to start operating at wind
speeds around 9kph while being robust
enough to withstand high winds. It
automatically furls in extreme winds
and back again as the wind drops to
protect it's self. This generator is rated
at 200W <at> 25kph with a max. of 250W,
with an output voltage of 12V or 24V. It
comes complete with a 6 meter mast &
our K241 Charger Controller Kit.
Specifications:
Rated Power: 200W Maximum Power:
250W Nominal Rotor Diameter: 2.1m
Start-up Speed: 2.5m/s (9kph)
Rated Wind Speed: 6m/s (21.6kph)
Furling Wind Speed: 12m/s (43.2kph)
For more information and instructions
see our website. [WGEN1] $399.00
Operational
power supply
voltage 10VDC 36VDC 20A+.[K252] $18.00
12VDC MOTOR & WORM
DRIVE GEAR BOX
This is a brand new car
window regulator motor.
Starts turning at 0.9V.
0.9V <at> 0.7A - 4rpm.
6V <at> 1.2A - 60rpm.
12V <at> 1.7A - 120rpm.
15V <at> 1.9A - 150rpm.
[WR01] $18.00
HIGH CURRENT
Sprecher + Schuh
CA3-9=CT3(K)
DIN rail or screw
mount. 240V coil.
Approx 68 X 45 X
80mm.
LIMITED STOCK
DON'T MISS OUT.
At just a fraction of
the new price.
(MSR)$22
NEW CONTROLLER PCB
This PCB was built to control an industrial
process. With logic level inputs via optocouplers on the board you can control 4 high
current outputs using TPDV1240
40A/1200V Triacs. There are a further 3 X
10A relay outputs. CCT. for SSR section of
PCB on our Website .( VPCB) $15
SPECIAL
WR01 MOTOR
TOGETHER
WITH A K252 DC
MOTOR SPEED / HOT
WIRE CONTROLLER KIT [K252M] $27
EXPERIMENTERS DELIGHT
www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals.
Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com, PO Box 89 Oatley NSW 2223
OR www.oatleye.com
major credit cards accepted, Post & Pack typically $7 Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081
SC_AUG_07
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
LED pattern flasher
uses ripple counter
This circuit uses the pulse outputs of a ripple counter to produce
various patterns of LED flashing, depending on which counter outputs
are selected. IC1 is a CMOS 4060B
14-stage ripple counter with internal
oscillator. Two of its outputs are fed
to separate diode pump circuits to
drive LED1. As shown, the circuit
will give a one-two-three, one-twothree flash sequence. Additional
outputs can be connected by duplicating the circuits shown.
Referring to diodes D1 & D3, the
diode coupling circuits work as follows. Each time the “8” output of the
counter goes high, the leading edge
of the pulse is coupled via a 10mF
capacitor and diode D3 to LED1.
When the “8” output goes low, the
10mF capacitor is discharged back
into that output via diode D1, ready
for the next pulse leading edge.
If you want to work out the flashing pattern of the LED, consider
selected pulse outputs as a sequence
of binary numbers. For example,
if two adjacent outputs are used,
+9-12V
16
O13
C1
10nF
R1
220k
1M
O12
10 OSC
IC1
IN 4060B
O7
O6
11 CLK
O5
O4
RST
O3
14
42 Silicon Chip
K
A
D4
1N4148
10 mF 16V
100 mF
16V
K
A
6
A
4
K
5
K
D1
1N4148
7
A
A
LED1
D2
1N4148
λ
K
470W
8
0V
LED
1N4148
A
K
K
A
IC1 generates the following binary
sequence: 00 01 10 11 00
This produces one leading edge
from 00 to 01, another from 01 to 10
and another from 10 to 11. However,
there is no leading edge from 11 to
00. This creates a one-two-three flash
sequence.
The flash frequency can be altered
by changing the timing components
and is given by the formula f = 1/
(2.2 x R1 x C1), which is divided by
the number of stages of IC1. LED1
should ideally be an ultra-bright
LED, while the brightness of the
flash can be varied by changing the
capacitor value. The current drain
is around 3mA.
Thomas Scarborough,
Cape Town, South Africa. ($35)
indication. The design makes use
of the photoelectric properties of a
standard IR LED; ie, it can detect as
well as emit infrared light. A further
benefit is that it is also partly immune to visible light.
The IR LED is reverse-biased and
in the absence of light it will have
a resistance of several megohms or
more. When exposed to IR light,
the resistance drops substantially
to allow the gate of the 2N7000 FET
to rise in voltage, turning it on and
off to light the indicator LED and
pulse the piezo transducer at the
same time.
Incidentally, many web cameras
and mobile phone cameras will also
detect IR light from a remote control.
It shows as a white light, while ever
a button on the remote is pressed.
Michael Jeffery,
Eurobin, Vic. ($30)
IR remote control tester
has audible output
This circuit will enable you to
check any IR remote control. Typical IR remote controls modulate
the light at around 38-40kHz,
with the data being encoded in
2.4ms, 1.2ms and 0.6ms blocks,
either on or off, which repeat every
45ms until the button on the remote
control is released. This circuit does
not decode the infrared signal but
gives a visual and audible indication that a pulsed infrared signal is
present.
In essence, the circuit detects the
bursts of 40kHz and drives a LED
for visible indication and a piezoelectric transducer for the audible
D3
1N4148
10 mF 16V
O11 1
15
O9
13
O8
9 OSC
OUT
12
3
2
siliconchip.com.au
+9V
16
K
Vdd
D1
A
CP0
O7
K
10k
O6
D2
10k
O9
O8
14
T1
K
O5
O3
15
LIGHT
SHIELD
B
MR
O2
O1
C
Q1
BPV11
13
E
O0
CP1
Vss
8
47k
9
10nF
47k
C
B
E
2
200
SLEEVE
1
100nF
2
D5
3
K
BPV11
A
E
+9V
1 F
Many households have upgraded
their camera equipment from film to
digital but often there will be an external flashgun lying around. These
flashes cannot be used with digital
cameras, as the trigger voltage of
around 200V would damage a digital
camera’s circuitry. And most, if not
all, digital cameras already have a
built-in flash.
However, such a flashgun can be
used as a slave flash to fill up the
harsh contrast that the built-in flash
of typical digital cameras almost
always produces. This circuit will
trigger most flashguns and it uses
readily available parts.
Phototransistor Q1 (a BPV11 from
Dick Smith Electronics) receives the
light trigger signal from the digital
camera’s built-in flash. Q1 drives
T1, an audio interstage transformer,
capable of sustaining up to 4mA
without saturation. The transformer
C
B
100nF
2N2222
A
47k
E B C
blocks any signal from ambient light
and couples through the impulse
signal produced by the light flash.
The transformer pulse signal is
clipped by diodes D1 & D2 and
coupled to the clock input of IC1,
a 4017 decade counter. This device
is necessary, since most digital
cameras will pre-flash at least once
for exposure and red-eye reduction
and the slave flash would thus trigger erroneously.
IC1 is reset at power-up via diode
D4 and the 100nF capacitor to the
+9V supply and so its “Q0” output
will be enabled. Any successive
flash will advance the count and
each successive “Q” output will go
high. For purposes of illustration,
the circuit shows output “Q2” connected, assuming that the second
flash is the one where the camera
actually exposes the CCD. The appropriate output should be selected
to suit the camera’s characteristics.
The output pulse from IC1 is
inverted via transistor Q3 and
ZVN4424A
470k
K
Slave flash trigger for
digital cameras
10nF
4
K
A
S
5
7
O5-9
12
D1–D5: 1N5817
D
G
3
IC2
LMC555
TIP
Q3
ZVN4424A
4
6
Q2
2N2222
D4
1M
8
7
5
1
1M
A
6
IC1
4017B O4 10
A
D3
47k
11
D GS
Fernand
AC-coupled to the
o
is this m Garcia
trigger input of IC2,
on
winner th’s
a 555 timer configPeak At of a
las
ured as a monostable
Instrum Test
ent
with a 110ms period.
The monostable’s positivegoing pulse does two things.
First it biases on Mosfet Q3 which
actually fires the slave flash. Second,
it applies a reset pulse via diode D5
to decade counter IC1, setting it to
zero to await the next flash pulses.
The circuit can be powered by a
9V battery and at rest the current
consumption is quite low, dominated mostly by Q1’s quiescent current produced by the ambient light.
The phototransistor should be
installed inside a light shield, such
as a cardboard or plastic tube 1020mm long with a 10mm diameter
and painted black on its inside.
The output transistor can be any
low-current N-channel Mosfet rated
for a drain voltage of at least 200V.
Fernando Garcia,
Brownsville, Texas, USA.
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies of SILICON CHIP safe with these
handy binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS P
&
P
Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per order (includes GST). Just
fill in and mail the handy order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call
(02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number.
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 43
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Low dropout regulator
for battery equipment
This low drop-out (LDO) 5V regulator is better than conventional
3-terminal regulators in batterypowered applications. It consumes
0.2mA with no load (compared
with 3-10mA for the 78L05, LM340,
LM2940, etc), so battery life is extended in situations where (say) a
microcontroller is in standby mode
most of the time. The battery voltage can drop to as low as 5.3V with
a 1A load while the output remains
within 5% of 5V, so 6V batteries can
be used, even when somewhat flat.
The key to the low drop-out feature is having pass transistor Q4
arranged so that its relatively high
base-emitter saturation voltage is not
in series with the output, only the
VCE(sat) – a mere 0.2V or less because
the MJE2955 is used well within its
10A current rating.
With no load, Q4 is barely on,
with roughly 0.1mA flowing through
Q4 and zener diode ZD1 and a
similar amount through the rest of
the circuit. We are using the zener
at a current well below the several
milliamp test current specified by
the manufacturer, so its Vz will be
less than expected, meaning that the
output voltage could be less. The
10kW trimpot (VR1) can compensate
for such variations but it helps to try
a handful of 4.3-5.6V zener diodes
and select one that gives the desired
5.0V output when the trimpot is near
the top (zener end) of its travel. A
6.8V zener diode (eg, BZX85C6V8)
is suitable for output voltages of 7.5V
and above.
A simple form of current limiting
is controlled by the 50kW trimpot.
The circuit can supply up to 3A but
a very good heatsink is required for
Q4 and a cooling clip may need to
be attached to Q2.
The maximum permissible input
voltage is 25V, so 24V lead-acid
batteries may exceed Q3’s voltage
rating.
Mark Aitchison,
Christchurch, NZ. ($40)
Using a stereo amplifier as a 3-input
guitar amplifier
This add-on mixer circuit was
incorporated into a Sherwood stereo
receiver which had lost its radio
function. It converts the receiver
into a guitar amplifier with three
high-impedance inputs and a CD
input.
An existing internal 23V power
supply was used for the mixing
circuit. Three 6.5mm phone jacks
needed to be added for the inputs.
The 2N5485 FET mixes the three
guitar inputs via the three 3.3MW resistors at the gate. A volume control
(VR1) follows the FET, after which
the guitar signal is mixed with the
CD input to the amplifier.
The original CD input circuitry
was modified as shown to isolate
the signals being mixed. Only one
CD channel was mixed with the
44 Silicon Chip
guitar signal. The other CD channel
was similarly modified but using
slightly different values in order to
maintain a better balance between
the two CD channels. By operating
the amplifier with the mono switch
engaged, all the signals eventually
get fed to both speakers.
Jack Holliday,
Nathan, Qld. ($35)
siliconchip.com.au
Two-channel background sounds for
model railways
This circuit has been designed to
provide high-quality background
sounds for small-scale (N or Z
gauge) model railways where it is
impracticable to mount speakers in
the layout or where highly realistic
sound is sought.
The circuit’s heart is a basic MP3
player, such as a Creative MuVo,
which has two entirely different
soundtracks loaded into its root directory in the guise of a stereo pair.
These tracks could be farm sounds
and church bells, for example, or
bird song and timber-mill noises.
Even small capacity MP3 players
can run for an hour or more. With
a REPEAT function, they can run
indefinitely.
The analog/headphone outputs of
the MP3 player are fed via separate
100kW level controls to independent
100kW panning controls which allow each of the two signals to appear
to originate from either speaker or
from any position in between. The
component values shown enable
channel separation to be varied from
0 to -20dB.
After passing through the master
10kW ganged volume control, the
two resulting signals are amplified
by a TDA2822 dual power amplifier
which can drive 4-ohm or 8-ohm
loudspeakers at up to 1W/ channel
but can also drive active/computer
speakers. Inserting a pushbutton
switch in one channel immediately before or after the level control
would enable momentary activation
of that channel.
If the MP3 player has a USB
type-A connector built in, it can
be powered via a mating connector
mounted on the circuit board. Any
DC voltage from 1.5V to 5V will suit
many MP3 players but the TDA2822
requires 5V or more for adequate
power output. DC power could be
produced by the circuit shown here
or obtained from a plugpack.
If powered speakers are to be used
then no more than 100mA should
suffice for both the MP3 player and
the TDA2822. If passive speakers
are used, then current requirements
could total 500mA, depending on
the supply voltage and speaker
impedance.
A 4-channel sound system could
readily be constructed by doubling
the number of MP3 players, amplifiers and speakers. Joysticks could
then be used to position the sounds
in two dimensions rather than just
the linear dimension of a stereo
set-up.
Hugh Middleton,
Lower Hutt, NZ.
Contribute And Choose Your Prize
As you can see, we pay good money
for each of the “Circuit Notebook” items
published in SILICON CHIP. But there are
four more reasons to send in your circuit
idea. Each month, the best contribution published will entitle the author to
choose the prize: an LCR40 LCR meter,
a DCA55 Semiconductor Component
Analyser, an ESR60 Equivalent Series
Resistance Analyser or an SCR100
siliconchip.com.au
Thyristor & Triac Analyser, with the
compliments of Peak Electronic Design
Ltd – see www.peakelec.co.uk
You can either email your idea to
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it
to PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
May 2007 45
Adjustable 1.3-22V
Regulated Power Supply
Want a regulated voltage that can be adjusted
to suit your application? This Adjustable
Power Supply is small, easy to build and can
be adapted to produce a fully regulated voltage
ranging from 1.3V to 22V at currents up to 1A.
By JOHN CLARKE
T
HERE ARE MANY fixed-voltage
IC regulators available and these
can be had with 5V, 6V 8V, 9V, 12V &
15V outputs. But what if you want a
voltage output that does not fit into one
of the standard ranges or if you want
to be able to easily adjust this output
voltage? An adjustable regulator is the
answer – one that can be set to provide
the exact voltage you require.
This Adjustable Power Supply comprises a small PC board that utilises a
3-terminal regulator. It does not have
too many other components – in fact,
there are just three diodes, three capacitors, a resistor and a trimpot to set
the output voltage from the regulator.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the circuit details. REG1
is an LM317T adjustable regulator that
provides a nominal 1.25V between its
OUT and ADJ (adjust) terminals.
We say it is a “nominal 1.25V”
because, depending on the device,
it can be anywhere between 1.2V
and 1.3V. This doesn’t really matter
though, because we can adjust the
output voltage to the required level
using the trimpot.
Note: if you do want a regulator
that provides a better tolerance for
the 1.25V reference, then you could
use an LD1117V instead. This has a
1.238-1.262V range. However, do not
46 Silicon Chip
apply more than 15V to the input of
this regulator.
The output voltage from REG1 is
set by the 110W resistor (R1) between
the OUT and ADJ terminals and by the
resistance between the ADJ terminal
and ground. This works as follows.
By using a 110W resistor and assuming an exact 1.25V reference, the
current flow is set at 11.36mA. This
is calculated by dividing the voltage
between the OUT and ADJ terminals
(1.25V) by the 110W resistor. This current also flows through trimpot VR1.
This means that if VR1 is say 1kW,
then the voltage across this resistor
will be 1kW x 11.36mA or 11.36V.
This voltage is then added to the 1.25V
Parts List
1 PC board, code 10105071,
35 x 38mm
1 LM317T adjustable 3-terminal
regulator (REG1)
3 1N4004 1A diodes (D1-D3)
2 100mF 25V PC electrolytic
capacitors (C1,C3)
1 10mF 25V PC electrolytic capacitor (C2)
1 110W 0.25W 1% resistor (R1)
1 2kW horizontal trimpot (VR1)
4 PC stakes
reference to derive the output voltage
– in this case 12.61V.
In practice, however, the current
flow out of the ADJ terminal also contributes slightly to the final output
voltage. This current is of the order
of 100mA. So if VR1 is set to 1kW, this
can add 0.1V to the output – ie, we
get 12.71V.
If you are interested in the output
voltage equation, then it is:
VOUT = VREF(1 + R1/R2) + IADJ x R2
where VOUT is the output voltage,
VREF is the voltage between the OUT
and ADJ terminals, and IADJ is the
current out of the ADJ terminal (typically 50mA but as high as 100mA). R1
is the resistance between the OUT
and ADJ terminals, while R2 is the
resistance between the ADJ terminal
and ground.
Diode D1 in series with the input
provide reverse polarity protection.
This means that if you connect the
supply voltage around the wrong way,
you cannot do any damage.
Diode D2 protects the regulator
should the input become shorted to
ground. If that happens, D2 becomes
forward biased and conducts, effectively preventing any reverse current
flow through REG1 which could cause
damage.
D3 is also included to protect REG1.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit is based on an LM317T adjustable voltage regulator. D1
provides reverse polarity protection while VR1 sets the output voltage.
Fig.2: here’s how to install the
parts on the PC board.
It does this by clamping the voltage
between the ADJ terminal and the OUT
& IN terminals in the event that one of
the latter is shorted to ground.
Finally, capacitors C1 & C2 reduce
ripple by bypassing the IN (input) and
ADJ terminals respectively. C3 prevents regulator oscillation by swamping any low-value capacitance that may
be connected to this output.
Construction
All parts for the Adjustable Power
Supply are mounted on a PC board
coded 10105071 and measuring 35 x
38mm. Fig.2 shows the parts layout.
As usual, begin by checking the PC
board for any shorts between tracks or
open circuits and make any necessary
repairs. It’s rare to find a board defect
these days but it’s easier to find any
problems that might exist now, before
any parts are mounted.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: regulator REG1 can be mounted
underneath the PC board and attached
to a heatsink as shown here. Note that
its metal tab must be isolated from
the heatsink using a TO-220 silicone
washer and a Nylon screw.
You can now begin the assembly by
installing the 110W resistor (R1) and
the three diodes, making sure the latter
are all oriented correctly (the banded
ends are the cathodes). That done, capacitors C1-C3 can be installed, again
taking care with their orientation since
they are all electrolytics.
Next, install PC stakes for the IN,
OUT & GND terminals, then install
trimpot VR1. REG1 can then be
mounted. It can either be mounted on
the top of the PC board (as shown in
the photo) or underneath it as shown
in Fig.3, so that it can be fastened to
a heatsink.
Heatsinking stuff
Whether or not you need a heatsink
for REG1 depends on the output current and the voltage between the IN
and OUT terminals of the regulator.
That’s because these two values togethMay 2007 47
er determine the power dissipation
within the regulator. It’s determined
simply by multiplying the two values
together to get the power dissipation
in watts – ie, P = VI.
Generally, if the dissipation is
less than 0.25W, no heatsink will be
required. For example, if the current
drawn from the regulator is 50mA and
the voltage between the IN and OUT
terminals is 5V, then the dissipation
will be 0.25W and no heatsink will
be necessary.
However, if the dissipation is more
than this , you will need to fasten the
regulator to a heatsink to keep it cool.
For example, let’s say that the current
drawn from regulator REG1 is 250mA
and that the voltage across it is 5V. In
this case, the dissipation will be 1.25W
(ie, 5 x 0.25) and a heatsink will be
necessary.
The type of heatsink required depends on the wattage dissipated by
the regulator and the temperature
rise that can be tolerated. Typically,
a 20°C rise in heatsink temperature
is OK because this means that at a
typical room temperature of say 25°C,
the heatsink will run at 45°C which is
quite acceptable.
Most heatsinks are specified by their
temperature rise in °C per watt (°C/W).
This means that a 10°C/W heatsink
will rise 20°C above ambient when
dissipating 2W.
Note that the LM317T TO-220 package is rated at 15W maximum dissipation.
Usually, it will be necessary to electrically isolate the tab of the regulator
Fig.4: this is the full-size etching
pattern for the PC board. Check
your board for defects before
mounting any of the parts.
from the heatsink – see Fig.3. The reason
for this is that the heatsink may be connected to ground, while the regulator
tab sits at the output voltage.
To isolate the tab, use a TO-220 silicone insulating washer and secure the
assembly to the heatsink using an M3
Nylon screw and nut. Alternatively,
you can use a metal screw provided
you fit an insulating bush into the
regulator tab.
Note that capacitor C1 may need
to be increased in value if the input
voltage has a lot of ripple. In addition,
you should make sure that the input
voltage does not go above C1’s 25V
rating. Increase C1’s voltage rating to
35V if it does.
In fact, you can apply up to 35V to
the input if C1 is a 35V type.
Adjusting the output
Note that the voltage applied to the
supply must be several volts higher
than the required output voltage. This
is necessary in order for the regulator
to provide regulation.
In practice, the minimum voltage
across REG1 required for regulation
is called the “dropout voltage”. For
the LM317T, this voltage varies with
the current and is typically 1.5V for
currents below 200mA, rising to 1.7V
at 500mA and 2V at 1A.
Note that the drop across diode D1
must be added to the dropout voltage in order to calculate the required
input voltage. For example, if our
power supply draws 200mA and the
required output voltage is 6V, then the
input voltage must be 6V plus 0.7V (to
compensate for voltage across D1) plus
1.5V (for the dropout voltage) – ie, the
input voltage must be 2.2V higher than
the output voltage.
Therefore, we need to apply 8.2V
minimum to the input for regulation.
This is the absolute minimum and to
ensure correct regulation under varying loads, a 9V input to the supply
would be ideal. Note also that any
ripple on the input supply that drops
below the required voltage will cause
problems, since the supply will not
be regulated during these low-going
excursions.
Once you’ve connected the supply,
it’s just a matter of adjusting trimpot
VR1 to set the required output voltage.
Finally, note that in some applications,
you might want to replace VR1 with
a fixed resistor (eg, if VR1’s setting is
close to a standard fixed value). This
has been catered for on the PC board
– just replace VR1 with resistor R2
SC
(shown dotted).
Reliable • Simple
2007
RS CATALOGUE
OUT NOW!
Australia
New Zealand
48 Silicon Chip
1300 656 636
0800 888 780
copy today!
www.rsaustralia.com
www.rsnewzealand.com
RS247
Order your
siliconchip.com.au
675+NEW
PRODUCTS
Retro Inspired Dynamic
Microphone
New Kits
Voltage Regulator
Sonic Grenade
After a 20 second delay, your Sonic
Grenade will sound its annoying alarm
continuously until you replace the pin. It
makes a great personal alarm and has 3
pitch levels. Great for waking up the kids!
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries not incl.
• 125 mm high
Cat. GT-3112
$19.95
Our York St store is moving to
bigger & better premises!
The new shop is just next-door and
is three times the size of our
current location!
Come on in and see for yourself.
Shop 1 & 2, 127 York St City
Ph: (02) 9267 1614
Armoured Colour
Dome Camera
The dome of this
camera is made of
reinforced polycarbonate and is
designed to withstand a 300kg
impact without cracking. The base
is made of solid diecast aluminum.
It features 1/4" Sharp CCD sensor
& a 350 TV line resolution
• 92(dia) x 70(H)mm
Cat. QC-3293
$129
Sensors
Inside
Mini Colour
Dome Camera
Small in size (only 72mm
diameter) this tiny camera is
excellent value for money and
has specifications comparable to
some of our higher priced dome
cameras. It features a 1/4" Sharp
CCD sensor and an 350 TV line
resolution.
• 72(dia) x 52(H)mm
Cat. QC-3291
$69.00
Four Zone Wireless Alarm
The system is simple to install and
the alarm panel will detect and
'learn' which sensors have
been installed. The control unit
also monitors the system
status and sensor battery
condition to ensure system reliability. Includes control
panel with keypad, a passive IR
Cat. LA-5134
motion sensor, and a reed switch
$99.95
sensor for door or window protection.
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Refer: Silicon Chip May 2007
This handy voltage regulator
can provide up to 1,000mA at
any voltage from 1.3 to
22VDC. Ideal for experimental
projects or as a mini bench
power supply etc. Kit supplied
with PCB & electronic components.
Cat. KC-5446
$14.95
Programmable High
Energy Ignition System
Refer: Silicon Chip March 2007
Ideal for two & four stroke
engines. This system can be
used to modify the factory
ignition timing or as the basis
for a stand-alone ignition
system with variable ignition
timing, electronic coil control & anti-knock sensing.
• Timing retard & advance over a wide range
• Suitable for single coil systems
• Dwell adjustment • Optional coil driver
• Single or dual mapping ranges
Cat. KC-5442
• Max & min RPM adjustment
$89.95
• Optional knock sensing
*Supplied with PCB & all electronic components
Add KC-5443 Ignition Coil Driver $44.50 & you’ll
have a complete stand-alone ignition system that
will trigger from a range of sources including points.
Stereo VU/Peak Meter
Refer: Silicon Chip May 2007
Accurately monitors audio
signals to prevent signal
clipping and ensure optimum
recording levels. This unit is very
responsive & uses two 16-segment bargraphs to
display signal levels and transients peaks in real
time. There are a number of display options to
select, and both the signal threshold and signallevel calibration for each segment are adjustable.
Kit supplied with PCBs, LCD and all electronic
components. Accuracy within 1dB for signals
above -40dB. Requires 9V-12VDC power supply
use: MP-3147 $17.95
Cat. KC-5447
Short
• Case not included
form
kit
$69.95
use HB-6082 $9.95
Cat. GG-2307
$29.95
Better. More Technical
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
$79.95
USB Missile Launcher Mk II
With full directional movement, you
can now declare war on someone
up to 7m away! It uses
a burst of air ejecting the
foam missile instead of a
spring loaded mechanism.
USB powered, the launcher
Ready, Aim,
comes with software, 3
Fire
soft foam missiles, target,
sound effects and USB lead.
Cat. GE-4074
• Base measures 110mm(Dia.)
$59.95
• Stands 120mm high
30A Blade Fuse Holder
with Failure Lamp
These blade fuse holders
have an integrated red LED that will
light up when the fuse blows,
making it easy to find the offending
fuse. Rated at 30A, they are
supplied with 11mm leads and
are available to suit standard blade
and mini-blade fuses.
Cat. SZ-2042 Standard blade fuse
Cat. SZ-2043 Mini blade fuse
Both (ea)
$3.70
Hand-Held Signal Generator
This hand-held unit
generates sine or
square waves from
20Hz to 150kHz at up to 8V peak
to peak. It also has a -20dB
attenuation switch, adjustable
amplitude and a 1.2V sync output
for oscilloscope or frequency
counter. Requires
Cat. QT-2302
9V battery
(not included).
$99.95
See our
Simply aMAYzing
flyer for great
Mother's Day
gift ideas
Pink BBQ Tool Set
The last bastion of
male dominance has
been breached - the
barbeque! The set
contains: spatula, scraper,
wire brush, tongs, knife and
skewers, all housed in a
pink storage case.
A great
• Case measures: 450(L) Mothers Day
present!
x 400(W) x 150(D)mm
It has a smooth, wide
frequency response
making it ideal for vocalists.
Featuring a neodymium magnet, its
body is made from heavy-duty polished
diecast aluminium and includes a foamlined carry case.
Cat. AM-4091
• 178(L) x 70(Dia.)mm
Don’t forge
t Mother ’s
Day Sunday 13th May
1
USB Bluetooth Hands-Free
Stereo Earphones
Listen to your iPod® or MP3
player without missing a call
from your mobile phone. This
tiny device will allow you to
answer, hang up and swap
between your music source and mobile
handset as well as adjusting the volume.
Reversing Made Easy
Rear View Mirror TFT
Monitor with Camera
Cat. XC-4894
$99.95
Ultrasonic Cleaner
It's massive 100W transducer
produces millions of
microscopic bubbles that are
small enough to penetrate
the most microscopic of
crevices, cleaning them thoroughly. Use
this cleaner for automotive injectors, jewellery,
glasses, circuit boards and more! The unit features a
large LED display with real time countdown. You can
also set the cleaning time
Cat. YH-5410
in 5 minute increments.
$299
• 265(L)x160(W)x100(H)mm
Electronic Photo Frame
Cat. QM-3759
Plug in your data card and display
$199
your images in a slide show, a
single image or thumbnails. You
can also play a sound track for
accompaniment, show video
clips or print your photos on a
SAVE
compatible printer. Supports
$50
SM, SD, XD, MS & MMC card formats and
can be wall mounted or displayed on a table.
•Remote control and 12VDC plugpack included.
• 238(L) x 184(H) x 40(D)mm
Was $249
USB Pink Keyboard &
Optical Mouse Kit
Great idea to
compliment
and complete
any girl's office.
It features 21 hot keys including three
Cat. XC-5151
ACPI keys for easy access to the
internet, email & multimedia applications. $29.95
• Bonus heart shaped mouse pad
300mm Cold Cathode Fluorescent
(CCFL) Lighting Kits
Encased in a clear tube, mount these inside a
computer tower case, a show car or in cabinets etc.
12VDC powered, supplied as a pair and come
complete with adhesive mounts, pre-wired switch
and a pre-wired inverter with a 280mm long cable to
the tube and a 540mm power cord terminated to a
standard computer hard drive plug/socket assembly.
All Types
$19.95 pr
• Available in three colours:
SL-2855 White / SL-2856 Blue / SL-2857 UV
Oscillating Blue 2-Line
Message Display
This ultra modern message display
clock uses a fast oscillating arm
with 16 LEDs together with
precision timing so that the
Cat. XC-0197
messages & clock functions
$69.95
appear to be floating in mid-air. Program
5 messages with a total of 400 characters
& have them appear on 5 different dates.
• Plugpack inc. • 200(W) x 200(H) x 70(D)mm
2
A complete rear-view
safety package including
a TFT monitor and a
flush mount simple to
install colour camera.
It has adjustable spring-loaded brackets to fit
different sized rear vision mirrors and includes a
slimline remote control. Composite video input.
Includes 5 metre video/power cable.
Cat. QM-3762
• 7" screen
• Simply clips over your
$299
sun visor or rear vision mirror
Reversing Sensor with
Dashboard Display
This unit will alert you to
objects or people behind
your vehicle
and will give you an
estimated
distance and
their location
via the dash
mounted display.
Cat. LR-8869
$169
Digital Voice Recorder
4/8 Hrs with USB
Packed with features to suit
students, real estate agents,
executives or any professional.
With USB interface, files can be
uploaded in no-time. The
recorder will store up to 8
hours of voice quality audio in a
compact light, handheld unit.
• Software and USB interface
lead supplied
• Requires 2 x AAA batteries
Cat. XC-0255
(not included)
$99.95
Was $129.95
SAVE
$30
7" Four Input In-Car TFT
Colour Video Monitor
This stylish monitor is an
excellent choice for in-car
applications from DVDs to
game consoles or reversing
cameras and GPS navigation
systems etc. Can also be
used with multiple cameras
on larger vehicle and trucks.
Supplied complete with
mounting bracket, input and
power leads, and Cat. QM-3772
infrared remote
$299
control.
See our full range of
In-car Monitors in
our 2007 Catalogue
MPEG-4 Media Player
with Remote Control
Keep a large library of movies,
music, photos on this device
and play back on your PC or
TV for days of entertainment.
Boasting composite, S-Video
component and RGB video
output with stereo and digital
(SPDIF) audio output, it is
compatible with almost any
home theatre system. With
space for up to 500GB of hard
drive storage (not supplied)
and a slim line remote with
full functions.
• Power supply, 1m USB
lead, 1.5m AV lead & stand
included.
Cat. XC-4866
$199
Cool Mist Humidifier
To help reduce the spreading
of allergens and skin dehydration this
elegant humidifier generates cool mist
via safe, quiet ultrasonic waves. Add a
few drops of essential oil to give a nice
scent to the entire room.
Cat. YH-5462
• Automatic shut-off
$49.95
• 60ml water tank capacity
• Mains power supply included
• Measures 90(Dia.) x 210(H)mm
Office Assistants
Mini 4 Port USB 2.0 Hub
The perfect
add-on!
The unit is
plug and play for
automatic detection
and safe removal of the
unit. Power is derived from
the computer's USB ports.
Cat. XC-4824
Better. More Technical
What better way
to jazz up your
desk than with
these pink and
white rhinestone
desk accessories.
$29.95
USB Powered
Notebook Light
Use this USB port
powered light when
looking inside a computer,
or when on the road with a
laptop. Twist the head to
turn On/ Off, has a
gooseneck for universal
angle adjustment.
Desktop
Bling
Cat. ST-2808
$14.95
Don't
forget
Mothers
Day!
Rhinestone Mouse
Cat. GH-1890
$19.95
Simply plug into your computer's USB port and
away you go.
• Measures 103(L) x 57(W) x 33(H)mm
Rhinestone Dual Power
Calculator
Cat. GH-1892
$17.95
8 digit LCD with all the features of a regular office
calculator. •Battery operated or solar powered
• Measures 145(L) x 100(W)mm
Rhinestone Stapler
Cat. GH-1894
$14.95
This stapler takes size 56 staples
• Measures 160(L) x 39(W)mm
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Valve Look-alike AM/FM Radio
A funky AM/FM radio that's
styled like a hi-fi valve amp
with genuine imitation valves
that glow just like real
ones. It also has a faux
heatsink to complete the
look. 90mm high.•Requires 4 x
AA batteries (not included)
HDMI Leads and Accessories
HDMI Selectors
Remote Controlled Two Input
HDMI Switcher
Cat. AR-1777
$14.95
Bass Shaker
Works like a speaker, but instead
of a cone it has a steel mass that
transmits a jolt of energy to give
an interactive feel to your home
cinema or sound system. Use
single or multiple units to give bass a
new meaning. See website for full
specifications.
Cat. CS-2277
$39.95
A simple device for switching
between two high definition
multimedia (HDMI) sources.
Supplied with an I/R receiver
fitted to a 2m cable
• Size 80(L) x 55(W) x 17(H)mm
Cat. AC-1692
$89.95
HDMI Four Channel
HDTV Input Selector
Feel The
Bass
This four input HDMI selector routes HD
video and audio signals from the selected input to
the HDMI output. The switcher also supports
optical and coaxial audio inputs which are
switched in unison with the HDMI .
Cat. AC-1694
$199
Satellite Finder
This is an absolute must
for portable system like
those in RVs. This is an
instrument to make dish
aiming a snap! Find
satellites fast with our
satellite finder and save countless
hours of frustration as you try to
align your dish.
Two Channel Input 2.4GHz
Wireless Audio Video Sender
Cat. LS-3300
$29.95
8" Twincone 8 Ohm PA Speaker
This 200mm driver has a black
cardboard cone, is high
in efficiency and is
ideal as an extension
speaker or low level
sound reinforcement. It makes
for an ideal ceiling extension
speaker and has mounting holes.
• 8ohms • 10WRMS power
Supports two AV devices
connected to the transmitter
and you can feed as many
receivers as you like. Includes built-in IR
remote control repeater, selector switch,
AV leads, power supplies and instruction
Was $129.95
manual. Note: This unit does not
Cat. AR-1846
simultaneously broadcast two signals
Additional receivers AR-1847
$89.95
Was $69.95 Now $59.95 Save $10
Carbon-Fibre Subwoofers
Cat. CE-2325
$19.95
350 Watt RMS Active Subwoofer
Amplifier Module
This subwoofer amplifier
module one has it all.
Cat. AA-0508
Loads of power,
adjustable sensitivity, $299.95
adjustable crossover
frequency and even an
infrared remote control.
• 350 WRMS
• S/N ratio: >95dB
Was $329.00
SAVE
$29.05
Featuring high quality carbon-fibre
cones and dual 4 ohm voice coils,
these subs offer great performance
and durability. See our website for details.
SAVE
10" Carbon-Fibre Subwoofer Was $179.95
$20
• 250WRMS power • 87dB sensitivity
Cat. CS-2278
• Enclosure to suit CS-2533
$159.95
Was $49.95 Now $39.95 Save $10
12" Carbon-Fibre Subwoofer
• 300WRMS power • 88.2dB sensitivity
Cat. CS-2279
• Enclosure to suit CS-2535
$219
Was $69.95 Now $49.95 Save $20
Car Amplifiers
Wireless Microphone PLL UHF
32 Channel Diversity Receiver
Includes 2
Mics
Suitable for
professional
and stage use,
this UHF wireless microphone system features 16
user - selectable channels on each microphone input
to provide interference-free
Diversity
transmission. It also has phase
Type
locked loop (PLL) circuitry for
frequency stability.
Cat. AM-4079
• Dual ch version also available
$399
AM-4078 $199
Our amplifiers have taken
pole position for two
consecutive years in Car Stereo Australia's
Product of the Year Awards. We have an amp to
suit every application. See our
Check out our
website for all the great features! amps in-store
2 x 80WRMS Was 169.95
2 x 80WRMS <at> 4 ohms
2 x 100WRMS <at>2 ohms
SAVE
1 x 200WRMS <at> 4 ohms $10
SAVE
Cat. AA-0420 $159.95
$30.95
4 x 100WRMS
4 x 50WRMS
4 x 50WRMS <at> 4ohms • 4 x 130WRMS <at> 4 ohms
4 x 80 WRMS <at> 2ohms • 4 x 190WRMS <at> 2 ohms
2 x 160WRMS <at> 4 ohms • 2 x 380WRMS <at> 4 ohms
AA-0426 $269 Was $299
Cat. AA-0422 $199
800WRMS Class D
2 x 150WRMS
2 x 150WRMS <at> 4 ohms 1 x 400WRMS <at> 4 ohms
2 x 255WRMS <at>2 ohms 1 x 700WRMS <at> 2 ohms
1 x 500WRMS <at>4 ohms 1 x 820WRMS <at> 1 ohm
AA-0428 $399
Cat. AA-0424 $249.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
SAVE
$40
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
High definition multimedia interface (HDMI) provides
high quality signals for the best in reproduction
quality.
Male to Male connection
WQ-7400 1.5m
$39.95ea
WQ-7402 3.0m
$49.95ea
WQ-7404 5.0m
$64.95ea
WQ-7405 10m
$99.95ea
HDMI to DVI Cable
WQ-7406 3.0m
$39.95ea
HDMI Adaptors
PA-3640 HDMI Socket to Socket
$14.95ea
PA-3642 HDMI Plug to DVI-D Socket $14.95ea
PA-3644 HDMI Plug to DVI-D Plug
$14.95ea
HDMI In-Line Repeater/Extender
Extend the range of any HDMI device,
such as a monitor or TV, settop box, DVD player, PC
or gaming system, up to
60 metres (powered). It
will work with DVI
components with an
adaptor. Plugpack included.
Cat. AC-1698
• Supports resolutions
$79.95
up to 1080i/1080p
• Size: 62 x 22 x 20mm
HDMI Wall Plate Sockets
Standard Australian/NZ GPO mount
with single HDMI socket for AV
installations.
Single or double
• Single - Cat. PS-0285 $14.95
• Double - Cat. PS-0286
$24.95
2 Way Marine Speakers
Install proper marine-grade
speakers in your boat and they
will still sound good long after
ordinary car speakers have died.
4" 20WRMS
Cat. CS-2390
Was $49.95
6" 40WRMS
Cat. CS-2392
Was $59.95
Cat. CS-2390
$39.95
Cat. CS-2392
$49.95
SAVE
$10
SAVE
$10
400mm Pedestal
Speaker Stands
These speaker stands are made
of tough, steel construction,
featuring three strong tubular
supports. Audiophiles will be
pleased to know that these
tubes can be filled with dry
sand and/or lead shot with a
Cat. CW-2846
suitable sealant. The base
SAVE
has 4 gold-styled spikes to
$10
$89
reduce resonances.
Dimensions: Base Plate - 280(D) x 210(W)mm
Speaker Plate - 210(D) x 170(W)mm Was $99
Low Cost Stereo Amplifier
This 18W per channel transistor
amplifier is protected from
accidental speaker wiring
shorts and has a front panel
microphone input, bass and
Cat. AA-0472
treble controls as well as
a master volume control.
$39.95
Better. More Technical
3
Eclipse Lithium Primary
Battery Packs
Lithium Iron (Li Fe) batteries have 5-6 times
the capacity of alkaline equivalents. Rated for
1200mAh (for AAA size) and 1500mAh (for
AA), using these represents a 40-60% cost
saving over alkaline batteries. These batteries
are non-rechargeable and have a storage life
of 10 years
AAA
Pkt 2:
Cat. SB-2364
$7.95
AAA
Pkt 4:
Cat. SB-2365
$11.95
AA
Pkt 2:
Cat. SB-2366
$7.95
AA
Pkt 4:
Cat. SB-2367
$11.95
12V Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries
They feature leak proof construction,
long service life, high discharge
capability, deep discharge recovery,
and more. Don’t use low quality SLA
batteries to save a dollar or two, you
will just end up replacing them even
sooner.
We have
Volts Ah
Cat.
NOW
a massive range of
12 1.3
SB-2480
$16.95
SLA batteries
12 2.2
SB-2482
$23.95
12 4.2
SB-2484
$28.95
12 7.2
SB-2486
$19.95 WOW!
12 18
SB-2490
$44.95
Amorphous Solar Panels
These offer excellent
quality and value for
money. Beware of cheap
amorphous solar panels
which will simply not give the
claimed output power. All supplied with lead to
battery clips and plastic corner protectors.
Voltage
Power
Cat
Price
6V
1W
ZM-9020
$29.95
12 V
2W
ZM-9024
$39.95
12 V
4W
ZM-9026
$69.95
12 V
10 W
ZM-9030
$139.00
12 V
15 W
ZM-9045
$159.95
Solar Charger & Power Bank
Charge your phone, MP3 player and other
digital devices wherever you are.
The solar charger can be charged either by
the sun, USB port or mains power.
• Li-ion rechargeable battery
• Output voltage/current 5.5V/500mA
• Suits most phone types Motorola,
Nokia, Samsung,
Cat. MB-3588
Sony Ericsson, Siemens
$69.95
• Folded size: 120(L) x 17(W)
x 62(H)mm
Universal Battery Checker
with Tester and LCD Display
This premium battery checker will test
all types, including standard AA/AAA/
C/D/9V/12V, button and lithium batteries.
The LCD display indicates the level of
Cat. QP-2255
capacity as a percentage.
$49.95
Heavy Duty 70 Amp
Battery Power Selector
Here's a simple, solid-state solution
for wiring redundant DC power
sources. The independent batteries
are internally isolated while the critical
load is connected. Current is drawn automatically and
continuously from the battery with the highest charge.
• Rated for 6-48VDC negative
Cat. MB-3672
ground systems up to 70 amps
$99.95
• Heavy duty marine grade
• Complete with stainless steel mounting hardware
4
Dual Tracking Laboratory
Power Supply
This automatic constantvoltage/constant-current transfer
type power supply is effectively
two 0-32VDC 3 amp power
supplies in one. The two outputs can be
operated independently, connected in parallel, or in
series for multiple outputs currents and voltages.
Displays are backlit and extremely
Cat. MP-3087
easy to read. See website or
$399
catalogue for full specifications.
Control Appliances with
the Push of a Button
Remote Control For RF Devices
Use this remote in conjunction with any
of the below receivers and control up to 4
devices, it has a range of 50m (approx).
Cat. MS-6134 $24.95
Receivers to Suit
These modules work with remote control unit
Cat. MS-6134 to control devices.
240VAC: Switches 240VAC Mains
Appliances. Cat. MS-6138 $29.95
2 Amp Regulated DC-DC Converter
This converter will operate on 12 and 24
volt car and truck systems. It plugs
directly into the cigarette lighter
socket and its output voltages are
1.5, 3, 4.5, 6, 7.5, 9 and 12VDC
at 2,000mA, fully regulated.
• 12VDC output regulated only
on 24V systems
Cat. MP-3038
12V: Rated for 12V AC or DC.
Cat. MS-6139 $29.95
Weatherproof Receiver 240V
Similar to Cat. MS-6139, except
housed in a weatherproof IP44
rated enclosure and rated for 6A
at 240V. Operates on 433.92MHz
in conjunction with MS-6134.
Cat. MS-6136 $39.95
$24.95
13.8V 20A Switchmode
Bench Power Supply
Ideal for testing and running
high drain low voltage
equipment such as car audio,
marine accessories, and automotive
gear. A must for serious lab work.
See website for details.
INVERTER SAVINGS
Cat. MP-3078
$99.95
Wind Powered Generator
Experimenter's Kit
A great learning tool!
This small scale project enables
you to build a real working wind
generator, then use it for
experimenting. It can supply up
to 10VDC <at> 100mA (depending
on wind speed). Kit includes all
parts to make the generator,
Cat. KJ-6696
fan assembly, and pedestal.
$49.95
Stands 250mm high.
200 Watt Wind
Turbine Generators
200 Watt Wind Turbine Generators
12V & 24V models available.
They will generate 200 watts at wind
speed as low as 8 metres per second and
will deliver useful power with a
gentle 3 metre/sec breeze or give up
to 300 watts at higher wind
velocities. The 71kg units
feature a 3 phase permanent
magnet alternator with a
serious 2.1 metre diameter 3 blade rotor. The
units will withstand wind speeds of 40m/sec
(144km/hr). Some skill is required in construction
e.g. concreting, mechanical assembly and rigging.
Units are shipped in three boxes, with a combined
weight of 86kg. NB. Due to the weight and size
not all stores will have these in stock. The store
can order the unit for you and have it delivered to
your site (freight costs are additional). See our
website or catalogue for further specifications.
Both Types (ea)
12V Model
24V Model
Cat MG-4512 Cat MG-4510
$499
Better. More Technical
12VDC to 230VAC Inverters
Inverters are available from 150W to a massive
1500W. All have a LED power indicator, electrical
isolation between the battery and secondary
voltages for safety, and the higher power
inverters feature fan assisted cooling. 24V
inverters also available.
MI-5102
Cat No
MI-5102
MI-5104
MI-5106
MI-5108
MI-5110
MI-5112
MI-5114
Power
150W
300W
400W
600W
800W
1000W
1500W
MI-5110
Now
$48.95
$99.95
$79.95
$159.95 $139.95
$249.95 $229.95
$299.95 $269.95
$399.95 $359.95
$599.95 $529.95
Was
Save
$20
$20
$20
$30
$40
$70
Dual Stage Lead-Acid
Battery Float Chargers
Fully automatic switchmode battery
chargers that will efficiently charge high capacity
sealed and unsealed lead acid batteries then
properly maintain them. Just connect and forget.
12V <at> 6A
$79.95
Cat. MB-3610
12V <at> 12A
$99.95
Cat. MB-3612
24V <at> 6A
$99.95
Cat. MB-3614
12V Ni-Cd/Ni-MH Charger
Recharge your cordless drill on a building site or
your rechargeable RC models when you don't have
mains power or a generator.
• Automatic battery voltage
detection
• Manual charge current
adjustment
• Discharge button
Cat. MB-3630
• LED charge status indication
• Reverse polarity, short-circuit
$59.95
and overload protection
• Includes 900mm cigarette lighter lead, 1800mm
extension lead with alligator clips, 1.8m battery
charging lead with 2 pin adaptor, 2 pin Utilux type
connector for RC battery packs and a 2 pin lead
with alligator clips
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
NEVER BE F ORE HAS F O R E C A S TIN G
LO CAL W E AT HE R BE E N T H IS E A S Y !
Wireless Weather Station
with Computer Interface
This affordable computer connect
weather station monitors indoor
and outdoor temperature and
humidity, rainfall,
barometric pressure,
wind speed & direction,
wind chill, & dew point.
See our full
range in-store
$399
The system consists of two wireless
outdoor sensors, a wireless doorbell
and an indoor receiver. The device
will measure indoor and two outdoor
temperatures, humidity,
barometric change as well
as the respective maximum
/minimum temperatures and humidity. The indoor
receiver has a large LCD that shows full clock and
calendar functions. It will display the data obtained
from the outside sensors and has an audible and
visual annunciation when the
Cat. XC-0336
doorbell is pressed.See our
$99.95
website for further specifications.
Survive the great outdoors with
this stylish digital multifunctional
sports watch. Features clock,
calendar, alarm, stopwatch,
thermometer
Cat. XC-0268
and compass.
$29.95
Was $34.95
SAVE
$5.00
Motorbike Gadgets
Motorcycle Headset
for UHF CB Radios
Use it for projects, parking,
exercising or studying.
It's water resistant, has a memory
setting for frequently used values
and the buzzer alerts you to when
your time is up.
• Countdown range 99 hours
99 minutes 99 seconds
Cat. XC-0271
• Batteries included
$19.95
• 88(W) x 130(H) x 22(D)mm
UHF Twin Pack Walkie Talkies
This pack of 2 funky mini UHF CB
communicators can keep you clearly
in touch up to 3km. They feature
electronic volume control, monitor
functions and an integrated blue
LED torch. Batteries
Cat. DC-1005
not included.
See our
full range of CB
Radios in-store
Marine VHF Transceiver
Wireless Brake Light
for Motorcycle Helmets
Built into a
lightweight,
flexible strip that
attaches to the back of your helmet with strong
double-sided tape, the light incorporates six high
intensity red LEDs and is triggered by a tiny
wireless transmitter wired to the brake light on
the bike. Can be removed when
Cat. ST-3186
necessary without damage.
$49.95
Batteries inc.
• 195(W) x 30(H) x 15(D)mm
Digital Handheld
Anemometer
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
The tiny stainless steel pliers
include wire cutting jaws and have
a neat folding handle that conceals
a knife, screwdrivers and a nail file.
The tool is ideal for running repairs
or even a manicure set.
• Matching pink slipcase with
Cat. TD-2071
belt loop included
$7.95
• Measures 52mm long folded
$15.95
HID Torches
Cat. DC-1094
$199.95
Cat. SL-2715
$39.95
A handy tool for the sailor,
windsurfer or the everyday
enthusiast.
Measures the speed of wind in
mph, km/h, m/s or knots, displayed
on an LCD display with a Beauford
wind scale bar graph.
Cat. QM-1640
• 39(L) x17(W)
x 98(H)mm
$79.95
Pink Pocket Pliers
Key Fob
Cat. GH-1380
Ideal for garages, gazebos and greenhouses.
The 360° adjustable solar panel will allow for
custom positioning. It's waterproof, features
a cord-switch to operate, and is simple to install.
Pack includes solar panel
and mounting bracket,
2.4m cable and
rechargeable enclosed
Ni-Cd battery.
Ideal for
when there is no
mains power
available
A must have item for any Mum who loves
gardening. The set contains
a mini hand trowel, mini
3 tined rake, and a
magnificent multi tool
featuring secateurs, knife,
weeder & two serrated
blades.The handy belt pouch
Cat. TD-2072
holds everything secure and
$14.95
within easy reach.
Simply plug into your car's cigarette
lighter socket, mount to your car's
interior and boil away. Holds up to
550ml and makes up to 4 cups of tea,
coffee, soup or any other
hot beverage.
• 235(H) x 95(dia)mm
$49.95 pr
This unit gives full VHF channel
coverage of all international VHF
marine channels in a compact tough
hand-held unit complete with LCD.
• 56 channels with
alphanumeric display
• Charging cradle with
12VDC plugpack
• Full specifications on website
Complies with Australian Standards for
VHF Transceivers (AS/NZ4415.1)
Pink 3 Piece Gardening Tool Set
Car Kettle
Solar Powered Garage LED Light
Designed to fit into a full-face
helmet with the included selfadhesive Velcro mounts, it can
be easily removed when not in use. Add
a second set and use it as a bike to bike
or rider to pillion intercom. Handlebar-mounted
push-to-talk button included.Compatible with the
following UHF CBs: DC-1025, DC-1028, DC-1040,
DC-1045 & DC-1060.
Cat. DC-1037
• Headset cable length: 1.6m
• PTT button cable length: 1.3m
$99
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Mother's Day Gift Ideas
The ultimate battery powered portable
work light available. It features an
adjustable head that can be pointed up
or down to direct the light where you
want it. Every home and car should have
one of these beauties.
Cat. ST-3126
• Mains and car chargers included
$49.95
• Size 100(W) x 300(H) x 120(D)mm
Countdown Timer
Cat. XC-0291
Weather Station with Wireless
Sensors and Doorbell
Digital Multifunctional
Sports Watch
63 LED Work Light
with Tripod Stand
Utilising the same globe technology found in
expensive European car headlights, no other
torch is capable of emitting a clear, brighter
more natural light. These HID torches come
with car & mains chargers, lanyard & diffusion
filters for varying lighting applications.
24W Rechargeable
HID Torch
It has a burn time of
over 100mins between
charging, is housed in sturdy
weatherproof aluminium casing and
is excellent for security personnel.
• Light output: 1800 Lumens
• Size: 72(Dia.) x 380(L)mm
Cat. ST-3362
$499
21W Waterproof HID
Rechargeable Torch
Waterproof up to 50m this diving
torch has a detachable curved and
Cat. ST-3364
pistol grip handle and has a burn
time of over 130 minutes.
$499
• Light output: 1300 Lumens
• Size: 106(W) x 105(H) x 180(D)mm
HID Rechargeable Head Torch
It can serve as a hand or headlamp
and will run continuously for over
115mins. It is waterproof (IP54
rated) and is ideal for
emergency service personnel.
Cat. ST-3366
• Light output: 500 Lumens
$399
• Size: 47(Dia.) x 145(L)mm
Better. More Technical
5
GSM Alarm Automation
Transmitter Receiver
SAVE
$100
It can be utilised as the heart
of your home
automation or security
system. With 2 onboard relays
(expandable to 8) it easily
connects to eight different pieces of
equipment such as the air conditioner, central heating
system and electric gates. Keep up to four different
sensors under surveillance and in the event of a
security breach, or AC power failure, the unit will send
an SMS alarm message or an email to a PC. See our
website or page 294 of our catalogue for full specs &
application areas.
Was $699
Cat. LA-5370
Relay Expansion Board to Suit.
$599
Expand the G-smart to switch 6 extra
relays to control additional applications.
Cat. LA-5372 Was $99 Now $89 Save $10
Quad Processor with 2 CMOS
Colour Cameras & Remote Control
Add a monitor
and you have
a complete
surveillance
system.
With 2 colour
IR cameras,
this processor
turns any
standard TV or monitor into a mulitplexer.
Cat. QV-3095
It can display a single camera view, or
combinations of different camera views
$349
including one or two picture-in-picture,
or automatic sequencing.
Weatherproof Bellbox
Siren/Strobe Light 12V
Designed for outdoor alarm
applications, this unit has a strobe
light and two piezo sirens. Both
the strobe and the siren operate
on 12VDC from an external alarm
source. Termination is by 600mm
flying leads. Suitable for caravans,
boats, garages etc.
$199
They incorporates high speed real
time compression and digital
motion detection, alarm
event recording and logging,
variable compression, and
mixed frame rate recording.
The surveillance images can
be accessed remotely via a
LAN, WAN or the Internet. Available in 4 & 8 channel:
4 Channel
Cat. QV-3080
$199
6
8 Channel
Cat. QV-3082
$349
$169
Mini XENON Strobe Lights
These strobes are weatherproof and
rustproof. They operate on 12VDC <at>
180mA and are ideal for mounting on
siren covers. Size: 70(Dia) x 30(H)mm
• Three colours available:
Blue: Cat. LA-5302 Red: Cat. LA-5303
Amber: Cat. LA-5304
Each Model
A 12V hardwired smoke detector that
is ideal for permanent wiring in
boats, caravans or motorhomes. It
draws only 5mA from a 12V source
and if smoke appears, will trip a set
of contacts to say an existing burglar
alarm system. The detector supports
N.O and N.C circuits and is supplied
Was
with mounting hardware.
$24.95
• Size: 110(Dia) x 38(H)mm
Dummy Cameras
Mini Dome
Dummy Camera
See our full range
of dummy cameras
in-store
Make your business, home
SAVE
$5
Cat. LA-5045
$19.95
Shed, Boat or Garage Alarm
Simple to install, this pack consists
of a main unit which houses a
passive infrared sensor (PIR) for
motion detection, reed switch to
alarm a doorway, a loud piezo siren
and an IR remote control to arm and
disarm the alarm. It's powered by
the supplied mains plug
pack with the option of
fitting 3 x AA batteries (not
included).
• Control unit measures
80(W) x 120(H) x 32(D) mm.
• Supplied with a 10m lead for reed
switch connection
A remote controlled switch
for any number of
applications, from alarm
controllers to door
openers. They include
two transmitters and a
receiver in a case with
coded wiring loom. The
receiver operates on 11-15VDC and
they have a 50m operating range. Three different
types available see catalogue for full specifications
Latching
LR-8820
$89.95
Momentary
LR-8822
$99.95
Momentary & Latching
LR-8825
$99.95
$24.50
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
or office look like it's under
surveillance, includes the
metal camera case inside
(with no lens).
• 88(Dia) x
Cat. LA-5317
68(H)mm
$9.95
approx
Metal Dummy Dome Camera with
Corner Mount Bracket
Cat. LA-5400
$49.95
The triangular shaped base
allows this camera to fit
neatly into a corner and
give the impression of wide
angled surveillance. The dome
is fitted with a fake camera.
• Dimensions: 140(W) x 70(H) x
130(D) mm approx.
• Dome: 70(Dia.)mm approx
Cat. LA-5312
$14.95
Security Savings
$29.95
This siren/strobe combination
includes an integrated solar panel to
charge a 6V SLA battery and uses
wireless RF technology to
communicate with an ordinary alarm
panel. Wireless receiver included. Cat. LA-5307
SLA battery available separately.
Digital Video Recording
PCI Cards with MPEG 4
Disguised as a smoke detector.
Featuring a SonyTM CCD sensor
this 380 TV line camera is ideal
for covert, indoor
surveillance
Cat. QC-3555
applications.
Cat. LA-5309
Solar Wireless Bell Box
Siren & Strobe
Garrison Remote Controls
CCD Colour Camera
Colour Wireless Video
Doorphone 2.4GHz
14" B&W 4 Channel Quad
Surveillance Monitor
The internal unit has a
clear 1.8" LCD display,
all control buttons and
Originally
can accommodate
$599
up to 4 cameras
which can be mounted up to 30m away! Package
includes: one camera, monitor, power supplies and
mounting hardware.
Cat. QC-3625
SAVE
Additional CMOS
$100
2.4GHz Camera to suit
$499
off RRP
Cat. QC-3626 $199
This 14" B&W monitor accepts
up to 4 cameras and will
automatically display each
camera's picture on the
SAVE
monitor screen or display all
$200
four images at once. Each
off RRP
camera input can be assigned a title
which displays on the monitor screen Cat. QM-3418
and describes the area under
$399
surveillance. Originally $599
Transmits an invisible beam of
infrared light across the
doorway onto a
prismatic reflector
mounted on the
opposite side. Designed
to be used in genuine commercial
environments.
Cat. LA-5193
• Transmitter/Receiver size
117(H) x 45(W) x (78(D)mm
$89.95
• Effective range 2 - 8 metres
They feature a 380 TV line resolution,
operate on standard 12VDC
and are supplied with a
quality, swivel mount
base and mounting screws. Size: 26(Dia) x 87mm
Colour (Sony Sensor) B&W (Samsung Sensor)
Was $199.00
Was $99.00
SAVE $40.00
SAVE $20.00
Weather Resistant Bullet
Commercial Grade Doorway Beam Style CCD Cameras
Better. More Technical
Cat. QC-3488
$159
Cat. QC-3467
$79
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Test & Measure
Autoranging DMM With
USB Datalogging Interface
4000 count DMM features a large
backlit display, continuity and dual
temperature readings, diode,
capacitance and frequency test and
is cat III 1000V rated. With USB
interface, you can take your datalogger
anywhere with a simple connection to
Cat. QM-1462
a laptop. See our website for full
specs.
$139.95
Compact Non-Contact
Thermometer
With a wide temperature range and laser
sighting, this portable meter is easy to use
for quick and accurate temperature
checking of any surface. The backlight
allows for low light temperature readings
and the unit has an 8:1 distance to spot
size. Belt holster & 9V battery included.
• Temperature range: -50 to +550°C Cat. QM-7223
(-58 to +1022°F)
$97.95
• 160(H) x 82(W) x 41.5(D)mm
Digital Luxmeter
This digital luxmeter will
measure light from 0.01 lux to
50,000 lux across four ranges.
The photo detector is connected
by a 1m curly cord which allows
you to take light measurements at
Cat. QM-1586
various position.
$49
• +/- 5%rdg +10 digits (<10,000 lux)
• +/- 10%rdg +10 digits (>10,000 lux)
AC/DC Current Clamp Meter
This small clamp meter will
measure up to 200
amps DC. It is
ideal for car stereo
installations and electrical trades people. It has a
one touch zero adjustment for DC current
measurement.
Cat. QM-1562
• Jaw opening is 23mm.
$139.95
IP67 Rated USB Connectors
for Harsh Environments
Industrial USB connectors
encased in a robust housing
with an IP67 waterproof seal.
A Female
PS-0782 $16.95
A Male Lead
PP-0784 $13.95
A Female Lead
PS-0786 $13.95
Cap
PP-0788 $8.95
Earth Straps
This is a good sized unit. It has eight
rows of five drawers, all the usual
size- ie: 50(W) x 108(D) x 32(H)mm.
257(W) x 345(H) x
Cat. HB-6328
130(D)mm.
$19.95
If you have a late model car,
it will probably have an OBD
(On-Board Diagnostics) connector.
If it was manufactured after 1996,
it will support the OBD II
protocols. This OBD II Scan Tool
supports the CAN (Controller
Can be used to check
Area Network) protocol and
the VIN number on
late model cars!
can be used to diagnose prior
to repair and to verify a repair
Cat. QP-2294
after service.
1200mm extra long leads,
Cat 1V rated for
safety, features a
finger guard and can handle
Cat. WT-5338
20A of current. The probes are suitable
for inserting into a standard 4mm banana $14.95
socket and includes probe covers.
2 Channel USB Oscilloscope
At last! A genuinely affordable computer
connect oscilloscope. Using the Plug 'n
Play USB technology and
providing full optical
isolation from the
computer, this oscilloscope
is easy to setup and use, as well as
providing protection for the computer.
The software (again developed in
Europe) is a fully featured chart recorder,
function generator, logic generator, logic
analyser, and spectrum analyser all in
one easy to use package.
• See website for specifications.
Cat. QC-1930
$299
$59.95
SAVE
$50
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. SY-4077
$12.95
PCB Mount &
Reliable Solid
State Relays
Rated at 250V with 2A contacts
5VDC Cat. SY-4088
Both Units (ea)
12VDC Cat. SY-4089
$8.95
Maglite ® Accessories
Light only travels in straight lines, but you can
make it bend with this Fibre Optic adaptor. A
small attachment fits right over the
head of your torch to give you a
Cat. ST-3410
flexible light source for inspecting
in tight places. 3mm diameter cable. $14.95
Upgrade your AA, C, or D battery
size Maglite® to LED technology
and prolong your battery life. With
the AA Maglite® upgrade, you get
up to 4 times the battery life. With
the C and D size upgrade kit, you
can boost the battery life by up to 10 times!!
Suit AA Mini
Suits 2 - 6 cell
Maglite®
C/D size Maglite®
Cat. ST-3400
$14.75
Cat. ST-3402
$21.95
Bite Light Attachment
for Maglites®
Cat. TS-1446
$39.95
This is an industrial quality product.
If your work requires compliance with 'Reduction
of Hazardous Substance' (RoHS) directives, you
must use lead free solder. This quality Japanese
made station will go from cold to 350°C in six
seconds! See our website for full specifications.
$449
$8.95
Fibre Optic Adaptor for Maglites®
Cat. BM-7108
Lead Free Soldering Station
Cat. TS-1490
Cat. SY-4076
This great nylon carry pouch allows
you to secure your Maglight® safely
to your belt. With real world use in
Cat. ST-3408
mind, it also has a small pouch to
carry two spare AA or AAA batteries.
$8
Lightweight Soldering
Was $499.00
Designed for automotive applications,
these quality relays have an
integrated blade fuse and metal
mounting bracket. •Fuse supplied
•Two types available
15A
30A
LED Upgrade Kits for Maglites®
This book covers everything from
atomic structure, to DC and AC
theory, semiconductors, integrated
circuits and communications. Each
chapter has a quiz at the end so
you can test your knowledge of
each subject. • 232 x 190mm
• Softcover. 699 pages
13W
Pencil
SPST Automotive Fused Relays
Belt Pouch for Maglites®
Teach Yourself
Electricity and
Electronics 4th Ed.
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
$129
Professional Cat IV
Multimeter Probes
This is
the most delicate direct
mains iron we have ever seen. It
features a comfortable non-slip
rubber finger grip and balances
perfectly when held.
A highly flexible earthing
connector, commonly used in
switchgear, car audio and a range of industries.
• Tinned copper braid with 10mm stud holes
40 Amp 250mm with 236 x 26 strands
Cat. WE-3102 $7.95
100 Amp 250mm length with 40 x 20 strands
Cat. WE-3104 $12.95
33 Drawer Parts Cabinet
OBD II LCD Scan Tool
This attachment fits over the
end of your torch with a
patented mouth piece to allow
you to safely bite down on it to
hold the torch in place. It also
includes a neck lanyard.
Cat. ST-3405
$7.95
1W LED AA Mini Maglite®
Upgrade
1 watt Luxeon® LED
upgrade for your AA
Mini Maglite®. Greatly
increased battery life and no globes to
replace. Add the IQ switch and have 5 light
modes: high, medium and low power, slow and
fast strobe as well as automatic shut-off after 14.5
minutes.
ST-3403 LED Upgrade
$29.95
ST-3404 LED Upgrade with IQ Switch
$39.95
Better. More Technical
7
Jacob's Ladder High Voltage Protect and Extend the Life
Display Kit Mk II
of Your Power Tool
Refer: Silicon Chip April 2007
Rechargeable Batteries
With this kit and the purchase of a
12V VN Commodore ignition coil
(available from auto stores
and parts recyclers),
create an awesome
rising ladder
of noisy
sparks that
emit the
recognizable smell of
Ozone. This improved circuit is
suited to modern high power ignition
coils and will deliver a spectacular visual
display that appears dangerous as indeed
it is. Kit includes PCB, pre-cut wire and all
electronic components.
• 12V automotive ignition
coil not included
Cat. KC-5445
• 12V car battery, 7Ah SLA
$39.95
or >5Amp DC power
supply required
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02) 6021 6788
Alexandria
Ph (02) 9699 4699
Bankstown
Ph (02) 9709 2822
Blacktown
Ph (02) 9678 9669
Bondi Junction Ph (02) 9369 3899
Brookvale
Ph (02) 9905 4130
Campbelltown Ph (02) 4620 7155
Erina
Ph (02) 4365 3433
Gore Hill
Ph (02) 9439 4799
Hornsby
Ph (02) 9476 6221
Newcastle
Ph (02) 4965 3799
Parramatta
Ph (02) 9683 3377
Penrith
Ph (02) 4721 8337
Silverwater
Ph (02) 9741 8557
Sydney City
Ph (02) 9267 1614
Taren Point
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Tweed Heads Ph (07) 5524 6566
Wollongong
Ph (02) 4226 7089
VICTORIA
Coburg
Ph (03) 9384 1811
Frankston
Ph (03) 9781 4100
Geelong
Ph (03) 5221 5800
Melbourne
Ph (03) 9663 2030
Ringwood
Ph (03) 9870 9053
Springvale
Ph (03) 9547 1022
Sunshine
Ph (03) 9310 8066
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Ph (07) 3863 0099
Ipswich
Ph (07) 3282 5800
Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
Dunedin
Ph (03) 471 7934
Glenfield
Ph (09) 444 4628
Hamilton
Ph (07) 846 0177
Manukau
Ph (09) 263 6241
Newmarket
Ph (09) 377 6421
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227
8
Ref: Silicon Chip December 2006
Enhance
the
performance
of the charger
supplied
with your
power tools
with this
fantastic
controller. It
incorporates charge timeout, min
and max temperature monitoring, Delta
V charge detection, power and charge
LED indicator and more. Suits both Ni-Cd
and Ni-MH cells. Kit includes PCB with
overlay, case and all
Cat. KC-5436
electronic components.
$39.95
USB Experimenter's Interface Kit
Interface your computer to the real world.
There are five digital and two variable gain
analogue inputs. Eight digital and two
analogue outputs are available. Supplied
with all components, silk screened
Cat. KV-3600
PCB, assembly manual,
and software.
$69.95
Digital
Multimeter Kit
Learn everything there is to
know about component
recognition and basic electronics
with this comprehensive kit. From
test leads to solder, everything
you need for the construction of
Cat. KG-9250
this meter is included. All you'll
need is a soldering iron!
$19.95
• 67(W) x 123(H) x 25(D)mm
50MHz Frequency Meter Mk 2
Ref: Silicon Chip February 2007
This compact, low cost 50MHz Frequency
Meter is invaluable for servicing and
diagnostics. This upgraded version, has a
prescaler switch which changes the units from
MHz to GHz, kHz to MHz and Hz to kHz, and has 10kHz
rounding to enable RC modellers to measure more accurately.
Other features include:
Improved model
• 8 digit reading (LCD) • Prescaler switch
for 2007
• Autoranging Hz, kHz or MHz
• 3 resolution modes including 10kHz rounding, 0.1Hz up to 150Hz,
1Hz up to 16MHz & 10Hz up to 16MHz
Cat. KC-5440
• Powered by 5 x AA batteries or DC plugpack
$69.95
• Kit includes PCB with overlay, enclosure,
LCD & all components.
Stereo Headphone
Distribution Amplifier
Ref: Silicon Chip November 05
Enables you to drive up to two
stereo headphones from
any line level (1volt
peak to peak) input.
The circuit features a
facility to drive
headphones with
impedances from about 8-600
ohms. The Jaycar kit comes with
all specified board components and
quality fibreglass tinned PCB.
Cat. KC-5417
$29.95
Variable Boost Kit for
Turbochargers
Headphone Amplifier
Power Supply Kit
Ref: Silicon Chip
October 2005
To ensure the best
possible performance to the
Headphone Amplifier Kit, this
will provide regulated +/- 15V
and +5 outputs.
• Toroidal transformer required
use MT-2086 $21.95
Outstanding
Educational Kits
Refer: Silicon Chip Feb. 2007
It's a very simple circuit with only a few
components to modify the factory boost
levels. It works by intercepting the boost
signal from the car's engine management computer
and modifying the duty cycle of the solenoid signal.
Kit supplied in short form with PCB and overlay, and
all specified electronic components.
Cat. KC-5418
$17.95
Battery Zapper Kit Mk II
Better. More Technical
$19.95
Fuel Cut Defeater Kit
Ref: Silicon Chip May 2006
Improved model
for 2007
Like its predecessor this kit
attacks a common cause of
failure in wet lead acid cell
batteries: sulphation.
The circuit produces
short bursts of high
level energy to reverse
the damaging
sulphation effect. The
improved unit
features a battery
health checker with
LED indicator, new circuit
protection against badly sulphated batteries, test points
for a DMM and connection for a battery charger. Kit
includes machined case with screen printed lid, circuit
board, alligator clips and all electric components.
• Suitable for 6, 12 and 24V batteries
Cat. KC-5427
• Powered by the battery itself
$99.95
Cat. KC-5438
Refer: Silicon Chip February 2007
This cheap and simple kit enables you to
eliminate this factory fuel cut and go beyond
the typical 15-17PSI factory boost limit. The
kit simply intercepts the MAP sensor signal,
and trims the signal voltage above 3.9V to avoid the ECU cutting the
fuel supply to the engine.
Cat. KC-5439
Kit includes PCB with overlay and all specified
$19.95
electronics components.
• Recommended box UB5 use HB-6013 $3.15
Speedo Corrector MkII Kit
We have a
Refer: Silicon Chip December 2006
huge range of
When you modify
Automotive Kits
your gearbox, diff
ratio or change to a large circumference
tyre, it may result in an inaccurate
speedometer. This kit alters the speedometer
signal up or down from 0% to 99% of the original signal.
With this improved model, the input setup selection can be
automatically selected and it also features an LED indicator to show
when the input signal is being received. Kit supplied
Cat. KC-5435
with PCB with overlay and all electronic components.
$49.95
• Recommended box UB5 use HB-6013 $3.15
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Prices valid until May 31st 2007
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
New fields & the whiff of cash
It’s normally preferable to stick to servicing
equipment that you know well in order to stay
out of trouble. However, the whiff of cash can
often tempt me to try my luck in fields outside
my usual experience. In the long run though, it
is the familiar stuff which pays the bills.
That’s how it came about that
I was into repairing a 2005 Panasonic 5.8GHz Digital Cordless
Answering Phone System (model
KX-TG5833ALM) – modestly called
“GIGARANGE”. Its problem seemed
relatively simple and that was that it
was unable to charge its battery from
its main base station although it could
with another charger unit.
siliconchip.com.au
It didn’t take long to disassemble the
base station to reveal a complex motherboard with microprocessors and all
sorts of other surface-mounted gizmos.
I quickly realised that my enthusiasm
was no substitute for a service manual.
Fortunately, I was able to access one
of these and had to laugh when I read
at the top of the front page “5.8GHz
Digital Answering System with Tree
(sic) Handsets”. I could see I was going
to get my hands dirty!
The battery used in the handsets was
a 3.6V NiMH 830mAh rechargeable
(HHR-P104) and the AC adaptor for
the system is a 9V 500mA plugpack
(PQLV1AL). The battery was absolutely flat. When the handset is placed
into its cradle in the base unit, the red
charge LED comes on. The voltage
on the “charge” contacts without the
phone is a pulsating 9V.
What I didn’t realise was that the
power and battery (6-hour) charge system is a sophisticated microprocessor
controlled operation in both the base
station and handset, where EEPROMs
can also be addressed, reset and adjusted via software. Bearing in mind
that I could still recharge the handset
battery with another charger (KXTCA1AL2), I felt the problem must lie
within the main base station.
In order to measure the voltages
when in the charge mode, I needed to
disassemble the handset and then connect it to the base station via crocodile
clips. It was then that I realised that
May 2007 57
Serviceman’s Log – continued
the input voltage dropped from 9V to
less than 2V, which was just too low
to charge the 3.6V battery.
So where was the voltage going?
Obviously there wasn’t a short in the
handset or the base station because
when disconnected it rose to 9V. And
the act of the connections mating
didn’t induce any kind of short.
The main voltage trail from the +9V
AC adaptor to the positive charge connecting button goes through D301,
D362 and L361. The return path from
the negative button connector is via
L371, Q371 and R371, R372 & R373
in parallel, ignoring all the peripheral
Items Covered This Month
•
Panasonic 5.8GHz Digital
Cordless Answering Phone
System KX-TG5833ALM
•
Revox A77 MkIII Dolby reel to
reel tape recorder
•
Philips 29PT9418/79T TV set
(MG3.1 chassis)
•
Philips 36PW9525/79R TV set
(MG3.1 chassis)
•
Panasonic DMR-E55 GN DVD
recorder
•
Panasonic 1996 TC-25V50A
MX-2A chassis
58 Silicon Chip
sensor and control circuits also hanging off these.
While under load I measured the
voltage drop across each major component until I got to D362 where I found
there was nearly 9V across it. Using
a DVM, I almost didn’t quite get the
significance of this as the meter gives a
9V reading whichever way around you
connect it. However, the crux of the
reading was that it was +9V with the
positive meter lead on the anode and
the negative on the cathode; ie, there
was 9V across the diode in the forward
bias condition instead of only 0.6V.
Obtaining a replacement surfacemounted diode (Part No.
BOECK-000008) wasn’t straightforward, as the part number could not
be found in the Panasonic database.
However, with persistence, I eventually managed to get a substitute which
fixed the problem.
Resurrecting a revered Revox
In keeping with unfamiliar stuff,
a dead 1967 Revox A77 MkIII Dolby
reel-to-reel tape recorder came to me
recently. This Swiss-designed and
made classic deck is beautifully constructed despite its 40 years. It was
one of the first fully solid-state decks
with three motors, plug-in modules
and solenoid controls for just about
everything. It also had an electronic
speed governor.
Unfortunately, this particular unit
had had a hard life and was pretty
rough on its exterior. I trawled the
internet for a service manual where
I began to learn just how highly regarded this piece of technology was
as the standard in semi-professional
reel-to-reel tape recorders.
The mains fuse had blown on this
set due to capacitor C115 (0.47mF)
having gone short circuit and taking
series resistor R123 (4.7W) with it.
Replacing these got things going
but the set really needed
an overhaul. All the PC
boards, including the 21V
B+ control P106 board,
and all the module edge
connectors needed cleaning. In addition, all the
grey round hard plastic
electrolytic capacitors
needed replacing, especially C210, C211, C405,
C425, C507, C509 & C813. The 24V
auto-shutoff lamp had also failed
and though I was tempted to replace
it with a LED, I made the effort to get
an original.
I am sure that enthusiasts would
have many other tips available about
this highly regarded deck but the work
I did was enough to get this old bird
back to work.
Screen burn
Last month, I touched on some
unusual faults I have had with rear
projection TVs. I had another interesting case recently, concerning a
very popular manufacturer which has
subsequently removed the product
from the market entirely. This is about
a 60-inch LCD 16:9 rear projection
monitor (manufactured in about 2000)
which had a problem due to the fact
that it had been connected to a digital
set top box (STB).
The set came in with two slightly
green stripes running up each side of
the screen where the colour changed
hue. When a pure colour was displayed (eg, red, green or blue) or even
sometimes white (depending on its
saturation), it would show no problems. However, on grey or a detailed
picture, the two bands would show
quite markedly. These two bands were
like a CRT screen burn but lacking
slightly in contrast.
Indeed, this was in fact the LCD
version of a CRT burn. The set had
been run in a prolonged 4:3 format
and the two stripes were equivalent
siliconchip.com.au
to the black border between the 4:3 and 16:9 formats.
Unlike CRTs, LCD (and plasma) elements get hottest
when the picture is black because they have to cut off and
absorb the light from the lamp. This light is extremely
bright and very hot. In fact, the instruction book actually advises the owner not to use it in the 4:3 mode for
precisely this reason.
Of course, there was nothing that could be done. The
optical engine had been damaged and that was that.
CIRCUIT
!
W
E
N
WIZARD
A revolutionary new
system that
combines circuit
design, PCB design,
simulation & CAD/
CAM in one
complete package
for your pc.
Two tricky Philips sets
We had two Philips sets come in recently with one
thing in common – apart from not working properly that is! One was a 36PW9525/79R and the other a
29PT9418/79T but both used the MG3.1 chassis. The
latter was a 100Hz TV with twin tuners and had no
colour, while the former was stuck in the Service Access Menu mode.
I chose to tackle the set with the Service Access Menu
(SAM) problem first. This set had good pictures and
sound as well as being almost fully functional with the
remote but the SAM was permanently superimposed on
top. I could navigate and change the functions within
the menu but whenever I tried to exit the menu it just
kept coming back. Normally, the SAM is exited via the
“MENU” command or by switching off and on with
the main switch but this just wasn’t happening – even
though it was obviously trying to.
There were no error codes in the buffer and the set
did its functional test perfectly. The Option Codes were
all correct too. It was as though someone was constantly
trying to put it into the SAM mode. This can be done
with the remote and also by shorting pins 1 & 2 of connection O356 on the Small Signal Panel (SSP). I disconnected the remote control receiver via plug O341 (pin
3) which made no difference, so I concentrated on the
SSP service pins.
Pin 2 is ground and pin 1 has a 6.5V zener diode
6012 connecting it to ground. It then goes via a 470W
resistor to pin 119 of IC7003, the OTC microprocessor. I
measured the voltage on this line to find it low at 0.9V,
as opposed to its cousin Service Default Mode pin 3
which was at 3.83V.
This suggested to me that this rail was being held low
– but by what? The ohmmeter gave no clue as it showed
both rails to have the same impedance. I unsoldered
the surface-mounted zener diode but that too made no
difference.
The only other clue I had was that this set was normally
kept near the beach and the SSP was slightly corroded.
So I removed and washed the board thoroughly before
examining it carefully under a maggie-lamp. Using
a continuity tester, I could find nothing to cause this
problem. Besides which, if any track had gone open,
surely it would remove the load on this line, not actually load it down.
Next, I tried using a link between the two service
pins to see if pin 1 would rise to the same voltage as the
other. It wouldn’t so I concluded it was more to do with
a load problem rather than a resistor strapping it to a line
that had gone open circuit – if indeed there was one (I
couldn’t find one on the circuit diagram).
In the end, I finally assumed that there was a problem
siliconchip.com.au
IDEAL FOR
SCHOOLS,
HOBBYISTS,
TAFE & BUSINESSES
Circuit Wizard - Standard $202 inc GST & post in Aust.
Circuit Wizard - Pro $390 inc GST & post in Aust.
om:
r
f
o
m
e
d
free cepts.com
a
d
a
o
l
n
w
con
Do
e
v
a
w
w
www.ne
ions click on
To see the
s between
difference
Standard
onal vers
& Professi
‘features’.
And still available . . .
These two great packages:
PCB WIZARD 3 and LIVEWIRE!
Standard edition – $115 ea
inc GST and
Pro edition – $286 (both
post in Australia)
Australia and New Zealand – for orders or more
information, please contact
555Electronics, McLaren Vale, SA 5171
Tel (08) 8323 8442 email: bwigley<at>senet.com.au
www.555electronics.com.au
May 2007 59
Serviceman’s Log – continued
per track and found that is was open
circuit between C2522 and pin 52.
I couldn’t see where the break was
but fitting a wire link between the
surface-mounted components fixed
the problem.
Panasonic DVD recorder
with the OTC microprocessor (IC7003)
but I wasn’t about to replace a 120pin high-density surface-mounted
IC. An exchange board, even if available, would be expensive and in any
case, a corroded one is unlikely to
be accepted as an exchange. And so,
with the owner’s consent, the set was
written off.
I now moved on to the second set
which had no colour. I checked it out
with a signal to each of its AV inputs
to find there was no colour except with
the DVD component inputs which
don’t go near the set’s colour decoder.
What I did realise was that there were
actually bands of colour. This told me
that the colour signal was there but the
TOROIDAL
POWER TRANSFORMERS
Manufactured in Australia
Comprehensive data available
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fx (02) 9476-3231
60 Silicon Chip
burst or reference oscillator was either
not working or not locking.
This set does not have a conventional colour decoder as of old but rather
a digital one with phase locked loop
control of the crystals. Interestingly,
the PIP (picture-in-picture) had full
colour but lost it when swapped with
the main. The digital decoder consists
of a large microprocessor (IC7501)
called HIP (for High-end Input Processor) which does the luminance and
chroma processing.
Using my wet finger technique, I
found that when I touched the area
around the 4.43MHz crystal, I could
lock in the colour. When the colour
wasn’t locked, the picture tended to
have a bit of jitter at the bottom but
when locked it was perfect.
This told me that the frequency was
out of range to lock to the burst signal,
so I started by changing C2525, an
18pF capacitor in series with the PAL
4.43MHz reference oscillator crystal
(X1525). I fitted a ceramic capacitor in
place of the surface-mounted chip but
this made no difference, so I directed
my gaze to pin 52 of the processor
which is the colour PLL.
This pin has C2522, a 3.3nF capacitor, connected to ground which
is known to give a buzz in the sound.
This is in parallel with resistor R3521
(100kW) and capacitor C2521 (100nF).
Replacing all these components made
no difference but I did notice a small
black mark on the board near the IC.
I checked the continuity of the cop-
The 2004 Panasonic DMR-E55 GN
is a DVD recorder and analog tuner. It
will only record and playback DVDs
and won’t record in any CD format – not even for music. It will do
DVD-RAM up to 16 hours on a 9.4GB
double-sided disc in EP mode and has
“Time Slip” where you can record and
playback at the same time.
This set doesn’t give much trouble
except sometimes in the power supply.
If the unit stays in self-check mode
or shuts down, then you can suspect
IC1 (STRG6353). The easiest way to
confirm this is by measuring the 12V
rail with a CRO (a DVM is too slow). If
it is too low or varies, then IC1 is the
prime candidate.
Following some recent storms, we
have been doing a roaring trade in
these regulator ICs. I was given one
of these models after one of the opposition decided he had gone as far
as he economically could. The set had
been hit in a storm and IC1 plus a few
components around it had blown up
and had now been replaced but the set
still kept cutting off after the self-check
had completed.
The voltages out of the secondary
of chopper transformer T001 were all
correct at +13V, +9V, +6V and +7V.
However, the other rails derived from
these weren’t all kosher, especially the
+12V rail which was low and varying,
despite IC1 having been replaced.
Next, I took the board out of the
set to get better access. In order to
start it, I had to turn it on by shorting
Q111’s collector to its emitter. This in
turn switches on Q110 which applies
+13.5V to the DC/DC circuit.
I also switched on Q114 by shorting transistor Q107’s collector to its
emitter, which supplies +13.5V to a
capacitor within the DC/DC circuit.
That done, all the power rails came
on correctly and gave me the chance
to check all the voltages within the
DC/DC circuit. Everything was pretty
good except for the output (pin 1) of
IC102 (LM2904DR) which was down
from 4.3V to 2.5V despite both inputs
(pins 2 & 3) being correct at 1.2V.
I thought that the surface-mounted
siliconchip.com.au
IC might be faulty but fortunately
when examining the component side
minutely, I found that R115 (3.5kW)
was cracked. It measured open circuit
and a new one fixed the problem.
However, what caused this surfacemounted resistor’s early demise? I
thought it highly unlikely it was due
to storm damage as it was so far away
from the damaged areas. In the end,
I concluded that it was a man-made
error inflicted during the earlier repair
of the switching IC (IC1).
After the repair I downloaded
the relevant software, made a CD
and installed a firmware upgrade
to update the machine from 0900EK
to 0920EK.
Panasonic TV
A common fault in Panasonic TVs
has been dry joints to the vertical
output IC (IC451). Quite often, these
dry joints are invisible to the eye but
re-sweating the joints with fresh solder
nearly always fixes the fault.
I had an exception the other day,
though. This was with a 1996 TC25V50A employing an MX-2A chassis.
This particular set was really past its
use-by date and was somewhat corroded from being near the beach.
It came in with intermittent vertical
scan, another common problem. Often,
a good swipe on the side of the set with
your hand will bring back the vertical
deflection temporarily but this set did
not seem so inclined. In fact, the scan
was more directly proportional to the
brightness of the otherwise very dull
picture. This could have meant that
the tube was pretty “flat” too.
siliconchip.com.au
Despite this contradictory evidence,
I chose to take the problem on as I was
sure it was only dry joints causing
the problem. I still didn’t twig when I
discovered that the original soldering
was in fact excellent. I resoldered it
anyway but to no avail.
OK, occasionally the LA7833 IC fails
too, so in went a new one but there was
still no joy. The vertical deflection was
as intermittent as ever and no matter
how much I bashed it, twisted it, froze
it or heated it, it stubbornly remained
that way.
But I wasn’t going to be beaten by
this old monster and so I decided to
look at the other symptom – ie, the lack
of contrast. This had to be around the
ABL (Automatic Brightness Limiter)
circuit which comes off the tail-end
of the EHT overwind on the flyback
transformer, in this case pin 3. This
is decoupled to ground via capacitor
C512 (0.47mF 180V).
On old Philips sets, losing capacitance in this component would give
low contrast but this one measured
spot-on out of circuit. I replaced it all
the same and then, based on past experience, looked around for a high-value
resistor nearby that might have gone
open circuit. R529 (330kW) looked a
likely candidate but it too was spot on.
I then found R525 which was a weirdlooking carbon resistor colour coded
brown, red, violet, orange, brown. This
equates to 127kW 1% but it measured
open circuit. Bingo!
I don’t stock 127kW resistors as they
aren’t in huge demand, so I made one
up using 100kW and 27kW resistors in
series. This fixed the contrast problem
ipembedded
Ethernet module for
efficient interfacing to
application hardware.
The e-tie bundle includes
tutorials and examples
for using
“The Microchip TCP/IP
Stack” (AN833).
www.ipembedded.com.au
immediately and demonstrated that
the picture tube was still in excellent
condition. As a bonus, it also fixed the
intermittent vertical scan problem as
it is indirectly coupled to the vertical
output IC.
Anyway, I was lucky and it put me
on my guard against rash generalisaSC
tions when diagnosing faults.
May 2007 61
VU/peak meter
with LCD bargraphs
Use it as a recording level indicator or
simply as a signal level display
This easy-to-build bargraph VU meter makes
it easy to record audio signals at the correct
level. It shows both the average signal and
peak levels in stereo on an LCD and you can
adjust both the display range and number
of steps. A digital display option is also
available.
By JOHN CLARKE
I
F YOU ARE SERIOUS about making quality recordings, then you
need to accurately monitor the audio
signal level being fed into the recording device. This is to ensure that the
signal level is within a range that the
recorder can accept.
In particular, correct audio signal
levels are quite important for modern
digital recorders. These do not toler62 Silicon Chip
ate any amount of excess signal level
and will severely distort such signals.
Dynamic range
Any audio signal, be it speech or
music, varies constantly in level and
the difference between the highest and
lowest levels is called the “dynamic
range”.
When recording, it’s important that
the lowest signal levels must be sufficiently above the “noise floor” of the
recording equipment, to prevent them
from being buried in noise. On the
other hand, the highest signal levels
must be kept low enough to prevent
signal overload and the inevitable
distortion that accompanies this.
Ensuring that an audio signal stays
within these bounds can be quite
difficult unless its level is accurately
monitored using a meter. This meter
must respond not just to the average
signal level but to peak levels as well.
Fig.1 illustrates why it is so import
ant to get the signal levels correct. Note
that each waveform shown is not the
audio signal itself but the instantaneous signal level plotted against time.
These signal level variations occur
constantly in music and speech. In
music, for example, the level may
range from soft passages to quite loud
passages.
siliconchip.com.au
presses the signal rather than severely
clipping it. However, as previously
indicated, this is not true for digital
recordings where any signal that goes
above the maximum is simply clipped.
The ideal recording level is shown
in Fig.1(c). This is where the signal
levels are well above the noise floor
but do not exceed the maximum
level. By doing this, we ensure both
low distortion and the best possible
signal-to-noise ratio.
VU meter
In the past, audio signal levels were
commonly measured using a “Volume
Unit” or VU meter. In fact, these have
been used since broadcasting began
and are still widely used by the recording industry.
In practice, a VU meter displays the
average signal level and is calibrated
to show the true RMS value for a sinewave signal. The true RMS value is
simply the DC equivalent value of the
AC waveform.
One drawback of conventional VU
meters is that they are rather slow to
signal variations. Typically, they take
some 300ms to respond fully to a signal
and this means that they are unable to
respond to the fast transients that often
occur in speech and music.
As a result, many modern VU meters
also include “peak displays” that show
the levels of any sudden transients.
However, they only show transients
that are sustained for a defined time
and this assumes that any short duration transients that are clipped are
inaudible.
SILICON CHIP VU meter
Fig.1: this diagram shows why it is important to set the correct signal
level for recording. In “A”, the average signal level has been set too low,
resulting in lots of background noise. In “B”, the level is too high and
the recording system will overload and distort. Diagram “C” shows the
correct level - ie, well above the noise floor but with the peaks below the
maximum recording level.
Fig.1(a) shows an example of a
recording that’s been made with the
signal level set too low. What happens
here is that lowest signal levels are
lost within the noise and so only noise
signals will be heard at these levels.
The higher signal levels are above
the noise floor but the overall sound
quality will be rather poor, with lots
of background noise.
siliconchip.com.au
Conversely, Fig.1(b) shows what
happens if the average signal level
is too high. Here, the upper levels go
above the maximum level that the
recording device can handle without
distortion.
For magnetic tape recording, some
degree of signal peaking above the
maximum level can be tolerated.
That’s because magnetic tape com-
The unit described here falls into the
latter category. It includes stereo (left
& right channel) VU and peak level
displays and employs an LCD readout
(rather than a conventional meter) for
a fast response.
As shown in the photos, the meter
is housed in a small plastic utility case
with a clear lid. It includes four RCA
sockets (two input and two output) so
that you can connect the unit in-line
between the signal source and the
recorder.
Both the SILICON CHIP Stereo VU/
Peak Meter and the recorder must
be set up so that the meter indicates
the correct levels for recording. In
practice, this means that the level
control on the recorder is fixed in
position. Any level changes are then
May 2007 63
Fig.2: the block diagram of the Digital Stereo VU/Peak Meter. The incoming signals are first amplified by IC1a &
IC1c and then fed to precision rectifier stages. From there, they go to the peak detector & VU filter (averaging) stages
before being fed to microcontroller IC3. IC3 converts the analog peak and VU signal levels to digital values and
drives the LCD module.
made at the signal source – ie, prior
to the VU meter – so that both the VU
meter and recorder receive the same
signal level.
Alternatively, the VU/Peak Meter
could be installed within the recorder
itself and the signal for it derived after
the recorder’s level control.
The LCD readout used consists of
two 16-block bargraphs (one for each
channel). These bargraphs are used
here for VU indication and increase
in length to the right with increasing
signal level.
A vertical thin line that travels
Main Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Stereo bargraph with VU and
peak displays
15-segment bargraph for each
channel
Adjustable thresholds for each
segment
Signal level adjustment for
calibration
Digital display option
Programmable VU and peak
display options
9V-12V DC power supply
64 Silicon Chip
ahead of each VU bargraph indicates
the peak level for that channel.
Display options
As well as the bargraphs, there are
several display options to choose from
(ain’t microcontrollers grand?).
These display options include choosing between either full 15-block bargraphs or 10-block bargraphs with
digital readouts in the first six block
positions. In each case, the display
indicates the channel, with the top
bargraph having an “L” (left) and the
lower bargraph an “R” (right).
The initial pre-programmed settings
are for a traditional VU meter covering the range from -28dB to +3dB as
follows: –28dB, -25dB, -22dB, -19dB,
-16dB, -13dB, -10dB, -7dB, -5dB, -3dB,
-2dB, -1dB, 0dB, +1dB, +2dB and
+3dB. These settings are the same for
both channels. Note, however, that the
-28dB block is not indicated because
the “L” and “R” channel designations
are shown here instead.
In addition, this programmed location is used when the digital format
display option is selected.
The use of a microcontroller also
makes it possible to change the bargraph settings to cover a wider or
narrower range. In practice, each block
position can be set from between -48dB
through to a maximum of +16dB.
Note, however, that the overall range
should be 48dB. This means that if
the uppermost block in the bar is set
at +16dB, the lowermost block should
be set to a minimum of -32dB.
When used with a digital recorder,
the uppermost bar should be set at 0dB.
This would be the absolute maximum
level that the digital recorder can handle before clipping.
Mode switch
Pressing the Mode switch for the
first time changes the display to show
the far lefthand block on the top line
and the “SET VALUE” (eg, -28dB) on
the second line. Basically, the block on
the top line shows the bargraph position that has the indicated set value.
Pressing the Mode switch again
causes the display to show the next
block in the bargraph and its value.
This step can then be repeated, with
each subsequent pressing of the Mode
switch showing the next block in the
bargraph (and its value).
The displayed values can be chang
ed using the Up and Down switches
which are located behind the front
panel. Note that it is important that
these values are set to increase in value
siliconchip.com.au
from left to right. So a sequence of -22,
-19, -16, etc is correct but -22, -23, -24
is incorrect.
Options switch
The Options switch invokes the
various display selections. These can
be toggled using the Up and Down
switches to select one of the following
display options:
(1) Bar, VU On, Peak On
(2) Bar, VU Off, Peak On
(3) Bar, VU On, Peak Off
(4) Digital & Bar, VU On, Peak On
(5) Digital & Bar, VU Off, Peak On
(6) Digital & Bar, VU On, Peak Off
This means that you can select
the full 15-block bargraph with both
the peak and VU displays shown or
you can have either peak of VU only
shown. Similarly, you could choose
the digital display for the first six
blocks (DIGITAL selection) and then
choose to show either the VU or peak
readings, or both.
Note that when the DIGITAL selection is made, the digital reading will
show the VU value unless the Peak
display only is selected. If Peak only
is selected, then the Digital display
shows the peak readings.
As indicated above, the DIGITAL
display uses “L” & “R” designations
to indicate the left and right channel
bargraphs. The digital values that are
displayed will only be in steps of the
actual programmed values for each
block in the bargraph.
The digital display indicates these
values (and the “L” & “R” designations) within the first six blocks of
the displays (ie, the bargraphs no
longer occupy these first six blocks).
However, if the signal goes below the
minimum block setting, then the digital display will show blanks instead
of the numbers.
Once the display mode and other
settings have been entered, the setup is
saved simply by switching the power
off and on again.
Block diagram
Refer now to Fig.2 for a block diagram of the Stereo VU/Peak Meter.
As shown, both the “Left In” and
“Left Through” sockets are paralleled, as are the “Right In” and “Right
Through” sockets. This allows the
audio source signals to be fed into the
VU meter and also fed straight back
out to the recording device.
Following the L & R input sockets,
siliconchip.com.au
Specifications
Display Graph: 15-block bargraph or 10-block bargraph with digital display
Display Range: 48dB (0 to -48dB) or value variations from +16dB maximum
to -32dB
Signal Levels: requires 440mV RMS to over-range on VU scale
Accuracy: within 1dB for signals above -40dB
Display Resolution selectable to a minimum of 1dB
Input Impedance: 100kW
Supply Voltage: 9-15VDC maximum.
Supply Current: 108mA with backlit display; 68mA with non-backlit display
the audio signal is fed to trimpots VR1
& VR2 which act as level attenuators.
The L & R channel signals are then
amplified by op amps IC1a and IC1c
which operate with gains of 16. From
there, the signals are then precision
rectified and fed to the peak detector
and VU filter stages.
The outputs from these stages are
fed to the AN1-AN3 inputs of microcontroller IC3. This processes the
input signal levels and drives the LCD
module according to the settings and
values entered using switches S1-S4.
In operation, IC3 converts the analog
voltages from the peak detector and VU
stages to digital values ranging from
1-1024. A value of 1024 represents
the maximum analog signal level
which is 5V.
Normally, the unit is set up so that
the far righthand block of the bargraph
turns on when signal value goes above
1024. This is set to occur when the
righthand block is set at 0dB or higher.
However, if the far righthand block is
set at a minus dB value, then the signal
value is reduced to coincide with that
dB setting.
The remaining blocks in the bargraph are then calculated to show the
lower signal levels. For example, a
signal that is at -6dB (or half the 0dB
signal level) will have a digital value of
1024/2 or 512 when converted by IC3.
Similarly, a -12dB signal will have a
digital value of 256. And a signal that
is 48dB below the 1024 maximum
level will have a digital value of 4 (ie,
251 times less).
These values are all calculated using
the following equation:
Attenuation (dB) = 20log(the signal ratio)
For example, if the signal level is
half the maximum, then the log of this
is -0.3 and 20 times this is -6dB.
Note that IC3 only indirectly uses
this equation because it uses a lookup table that already has the values
programmed into it.
Power for the meter comes from an
external 9-12V DC supply and this is
fed in via reverse polarity protection
diode D9. The resulting 9-12V rail,
together with a -9V rail generated by
the “negative supply” block, is used
to power the op amps that form the
input amplifiers, precision rectifiers,
peak detectors and VU filters.
Finally, regulator REG1 produces a
+5V rail which is used to power micro
controller IC3 and the LCD.
Circuit details
Fig.3 shows the circuit details but
note that only the lefthand channel
circuitry before IC3 has been depicted
for the sake of clarity. The righthand
channel is identical, so we’ll describe
the lefthand channel operation only.
As before, the incoming left-channel
audio signal is attenuated via trimpot
VR1, which sets the display sensitivity. The signal at the wiper is then applied to op amp IC1a which operates
with a gain of 16 (ie, it amplifies the
signal by a factor of 16). This is done
to boost the signal level to at least 5V
peak-to-peak, so that is suitable for
the following level display circuitry.
IC1a’s output is fed via a 470nF
capacitor to the full-wave precision
rectifier. For the VU signal path, this
stage is based on op amp IC1b, diodes
D1 & D2 and op amp IC2a. Similarly,
for the peak detector, the precision
rectifier uses IC1b, D1 & D2 and op
amp IC2b. It operates as follows.
When the input signal goes positive,
pin 1 of IC1b goes low and forward
biases diode D1. The resulting gain of
the signal appearing at the anode of D1
May 2007 65
is -1, as set by the 20kW input resistor
and 20kW feedback resistor.
This inverted signal at D1’s anode is
applied to the inverting input (pin 2)
of IC2a via 150kW and 100kW resistors.
IC2a operates with a gain of -6.66 on
this signal, as set by the ratio of the
1MW feedback resistor and the 150kW
input resistor (the 100kW resistor in
series with the input is inside the
feedback loop).
As a result, the overall gain for the
signal path between pin 2 of IC1b and
66 Silicon Chip
pin 1 of IC2a is -1 x -6.66, or +6.66 (ie,
IC1b’s gain x IC2a’s gain).
At the same time, the positive-going
signal from IC1a is applied via a second path to IC2a via a 300kW resistor.
In this case, IC2a operates with a gain
of -3.33 due to the ratio of the 1MW
feedback resistor and the 300kW input
resistor. Thus, the overall signal gain
at the output of IC2a is 6.66 - 3.33 =
3.33.
Now let’s consider what happens
when IC1a’s output swings negative.
When this occurs, diode D2 is forward
biased and so IC1b’s output is clamped
at 0.6V above the pin 2 input signal
and no signal flows through D1. IC1b
is therefore effectively taken out of
circuit and IC2a now simply amplifies
the signal from IC1a (applied via the
300kW resistor) on its own.
As before, it operates with a gain
of -3.33 for this signal path. Since the
input signal is negative, the output at
pin 1 is positive – ie, it inverts and
amplifies the negative input signal.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the parts shown in this circuit diagram can be directly related to the block diagram shown in Fig.1. Note that
only the lefthand channel circuitry before IC3 has been shown for the sake of clarity – the righthand channel is
identical. IC1a is the input amplifier, IC1b, D1, D2 & IC2a form the precision rectifier & VU filter stages and IC2b, D3 &
D4 function as the peak detector. IC4, transistors Q1 & Q2, diodes D10 & D11 and capacitors C1 & C2 make up a diode
charge pump which provides the required -9V rail.
The precision rectifier therefore
provides a positive output with gain
of 3.33 for both positive and negative
going inputs.
VU response
IC2a also provides low-pass filtering of the rectified signal so that its
response is relatively slow. This filtering conforms to VU (volume unit)
standards so that the output reaches
the input level after 300ms and overshoots by about 1.5%.
siliconchip.com.au
The filtering is carried out using the
100kW and 1MW resistors, the 56nF
and 1mF capacitors and the parallel
combination of the 300kW and 150kW
input resistors. These together provide
the 2.1Hz roll-off frequency and a Q
(quality factor) of 0.62.
Peak level detector
IC2b and its associated components
comprise the peak level detector. This
stage is also fed via two signal paths:
(1) directly from the output of IC1a
via the 470nF capacitor and a 300kW
resistor; and (2) from diode D1 in the
precision rectifier circuitry (and a
series 150kW resistor).
How this works is again best explained in two steps – ie, when the
signal from IC1a swings positive and
when the signal swings negative.
As we know from the precision
rectifier explanation, when the input
signal goes positive, pin 1 of IC1b
swings low and forward biases D1. The
resulting gain of the signal at the anode
May 2007 67
The main PC board is
secured inside the case
using four M3 Nylon
screws, two tapped
Nylon spacers and
two Nylon nuts. Two
additional tapped Nylon
spacers are also fitted
to the PC board (centre,
right) to support the
bottom righthand corner
of the LCD module and
the righthand end of
the switch PC board.
Note that the capacitors
that go under the LCD
module & switch board
must be mounted
horizontally, to provide
the necessary clearance.
of D1 is -1, as set by IC1b’s 20kW input
and 20kW feedback resistors.
This amplified signal is applied to
pin 6 of IC2b via the 150kW resistor.
As a result, IC2b’s output swings high
and forward biases D3. This diode is
in series with a 910kW resistor in the
feedback loop.
The signal at D3’s cathode is thus
amplified by -910kW/150kW or -6.066,
which means that the output signal is
positive and the overall gain from the
output of IC1a for this signal path is
+6.066 (ie, -1 x -6.066).
For the second signal path (ie, via
the 300kW resistor), IC2b operates
with a gain of -910kW/300kW or -3.033.
This means that the overall gain of
the signal from IC1a is 6.066 - 3.033,
or +3.033.
When the signal goes negative, D2
is forward biased and IC1b’s output is
clamped as before. IC2b now operates
on its own and amplifies the signal applied to it via the 300kW resistor with
a gain of -3.033 (ie, -910kW/300kW).
As a result, IC2b delivers a positive
output signal on both positive and
negative output signal swings from
IC1a. And in both cases the absolute
signal gain is the same at 3.033.
Note that a 910kW feedback resistor
is used for IC2b instead of a 1MW resistor (as used for IC2a in the VU filter).
That’s because the peak value must be
3dB higher than the VU value.
This 3dB figure comes about because the peak of a sinewave is 1.414
times the RMS value (ie, 3dB greater).
Another way of saying this is that the
RMS value of a sinewave is 0.7071 of
the peak value.
How The Diode Charge Pump Works
Fig.4: how the diode charge pump works. Capacitor C1 charges towards
the +12V rail when transistor Q1 turns on and then transfers its charge to
C2 when Q1 switches off and Q2 turns on.
68 Silicon Chip
In our case, the VU signal is the
average level of the full-wave rectified signal and this is only 0.637 of
the input signal’s peak level. The
910kW resistor is therefore used to
provide a peak output that is 0.91
(approximately 0.637/0.7071) of the
peak signal, or about 3dB higher than
the VU signal.
Diode D4 ensures that IC2b’s output
does not swing negative by more than
about 0.7V, so that its response to signals is not compromised. In normal
operation, diode D3 is forward biased
and D4 does not conduct. However,
when the signal is at 0V, IC2b’s output
tends to switch positive and negative
to maintain control. That is when D4
comes into operation.
The peak signal level at D3’s cathode
is filtered using a 2.4kW resistor and
680nF capacitor. This filtering slows
the peak signal level response so that
it is not instantaneous but instead
conforms to an audio standard. This
ensures that only peaks that are wide
enough to be audible are displayed.
The standard we picked is IEC6026810 which has a 1.7ms response time
to peak signals. This means that the
measured signal level will be 1dB
lower than it otherwise would be for a
10ms signal burst and 4dB lower for a
3ms burst (compared to an instantaneous measurement).
In practice, the 2.4kW resistor and
the 680nF capacitor in the filter circuit
set the time constant at 1.63ms.
The decay time constant specified
siliconchip.com.au
in the IEC standard is -20dB in 1.5s
(equivalent to a 650ms decay time
constant). In this circuit, the 910kW
resistor and the 680nF capacitor set
the decay rate at 619ms which is near
enough.
Microcontroller
The left-channel VU and peak level
signals are respectively applied to
analog inputs AN3 & AN1 of microcontroller IC3. Similarly, the rightchannel signals are applied to inputs
AN2 & AN0.
Note that the VU input signal is fed
via a 2.2kW resistor to limit the current
flow when IC2a’s output goes above 5V.
The 2.4kW resistor in the output filter
circuit for IC2b does the same job.
IC3 is a PIC16F88 microcontroller. It
measures the incoming VU and peak
signal levels for the left and right channels and drives the 2-line 16-segment
LCD module accordingly.
In operation, the signal levels at
the AN inputs of the microcontroller
are converted to 10-bit digital values
using an internal A/D (analog-todigital) converter. Outputs RB0-RB3
then drive the LCD’s D4-D7 data lines,
while outputs RA4 & RA6 drive the
enable (EN) and register select (RS)
lines on the LCD.
Switches S1-S4 are used to enter
data into the microcontroller. Normally, inputs RB4-RB7 are held high
via internal pull-up resistors. Closing
a switch pulls the associated input to
ground and this is detected and processed by the microcontroller.
IC3 operates at a frequency of 8MHz,
as set by an internal oscillator. It is
powered from a regulated +5V supply
rail, with the reset input at pin 4 tied
high via a 10kW resistor. The 100nF
capacitor and a 100mF filter capacitor
provide supply rail decoupling.
The LCD module also runs from the
+5V supply rail and a 10mF capacitor
decouples its supply. The lower four
data lines (D0-D3) are tied to ground
and the LCD module is driven using
the upper four bits (D4-D7). VR3 provides display contrast adjustment.
Power supply
The +5V supply rail for the circuit
is derived from a 9-12V DC plugpack
via diode D9 (which provides reverse
polarity protection) and 3-terminal
regulator REG1. This regulator has its
input and output terminals bypassed
using 100mF capacitors. Zener diode
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 PC board, code 01205071,
116 x 65mm
1 PC board, code 01205072,
81 x 19mm
1 LCD module with back lighting (Jaycar QP-5516 or
equivalent)
1 120 x 70 x 30mm box with
clear lid (Jaycar HB-6082 or
equivalent)
4 SPST micro tactile switches
(Jaycar SP-0600 or equivalent) (S1-S4)
1 DPDT slider switch (S5)
1 8-pin IC socket cut to 2 x
3-way strips
1 14–pin IC socket cut to 2 x
7-way strips
2 14-pin IC sockets for IC1 &
IC2 (optional)
1 18-pin IC socket for IC3
4 PC mount right angle RCA
sockets (Jaycar PS-0279 or
equivalent)
1 20-way DIL header strip
1 2.5mm DC bulkhead socket
2 100kW horizontal trimpots
with 2.5mm pin spacing
(VR1, VR2) (Code 104)
1 10kW horizontal trimpot with
2.5mm pin spacing (VR3)
(Code 103)
4 M3 x 10mm Nylon screws
2 M3 x 6mm Nylon screws
4 M3 x 6mm screws
1 M3 x 10mm metal screw
4 M3 tapped x 15mm Nylon
stand-offs (cut to 11mm)
2 M3 Nylon nuts
1 M3 metal nut
2 M2 x 8mm screws for S5
2 PC stakes
ZD1 clamps any transients from the
plugpack that go above 15V.
The positive supply rail for op amps
IC1 and IC2 is derived immediately
following D9 (ie, before REG1). This
rail is typically 9-12V. By contrast,
the negative supply rail for these op
amps is generated using a diode charge
pump. This comprises a 7555 oscillator (IC4), transistors Q1 & Q2 and
diodes D10 & D11.
In operation, IC4 oscillates at about
75kHz, with the 10nF capacitor on pin
6 charged and discharged via a 1kW
resistor connected to the pin 3 output.
1 100mm length of red hookup
wire
1 50mm length of black hookup
wire
1 200mm length of 0.7mm tinned
copper wire
Semiconductors
2 LM324 quad op amps (IC1,IC2)
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
(IC3) programmed with VUPEAK.hex
1 7555 timer (IC4)
1 LM340T5, 7805 5V regulator
(REG1)
1 BC337 NPN transistor (Q1)
1 BC327 PNP transistor (Q2)
8 1N4148 diodes (D1-D8)
1 IN4004 diode (D9)
2 1N5819 Schottky diodes
(D10,D11)
1 15V, 1W zener diode (ZD1)
Capacitors
1 100mF 35V PC electrolytic
5 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
1 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
2 1mF 16V PC electrolytic
2 680nF MKT polyester
2 470n MKT polyester
3 100n MKT polyester
2 56nF MKT polyester
1 10nF MKT polyester
2 330pF ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
2 1MW
2 15kW
2 910kW
2 2.4kW
4 300kW
2 2.2kW
4 150kW
3 1kW
2 100kW
1 10W
4 20kW
Pins 2 & 6 are the lower and upper
threshold inputs and these monitor
the capacitor voltage.
The pin 3 output drives the bases
of transistors Q1 & Q2. When pin 3 is
high, transistor Q1 switches on and
Q2 is off. Conversely, when pin 3 is
low, transistor Q2 switches on and
Q1 turns off.
Basically, the transistors act as current buffers which drive the following
voltage converter circuitry without
loading IC4’s the pin 3 output.
Diodes D10 & D11, along with capacitors C1 & C2 (both 100mF), act as
May 2007 69
Fig.5: assemble the two PC boards as shown
here. Note that most of the capacitors on the
main board must be mounted horizontally,
so that they don’t foul the LCD module and
switch PC board when these are installed (see
photos).
a diode charge converter to derive the
negative (-9V) supply. Fig.4 shows a
more simplified arrangement of how
this works.
When transistor Q1 switches on,
C1 charges towards the 12V supply
rail via D10. Subsequently, when Q1
switches off and Q2 turns on, the
positive terminal of C1 is connected
to ground and the negative side of
the capacitor is pulled below ground
by an amount equal to the voltage
across it.
Capacitor C2 now quickly charges
towards this negative voltage via diode
D11. As a result, it reaches a negative
voltage that is close in value to the 12V
supply, minus the voltage drops across
the diodes and the saturation voltages
of transistors Q1 and Q2.
The 6-way pin header is
mounted on the top side
of the switch PC board,
while the four switches are
mounted on the track side.
70 Silicon Chip
3 x 2 DIL
HEADER
(MOUNT ON
TOP OF BOARD)
VU/PEAK LEVEL METER
OPTIONS
UP (ON
DOWN
S1–S4 MODE
MOUNT
UNDERNEATH
COPPER SIDE)
01205072
JC
S1
In practice, this is about -9V and
this rail is bypassed using another
100mF capacitor (to the positive rail)
to minimise the supply impedance.
Note that the diodes used are Schott
ky types which have a lower voltage
drop than standard diodes. In addition, these diodes are better suited for
high-frequency operation and produce
less losses at 75kHz.
Construction
The Stereo VU/Peak Level Meter
is built on two PC boards – see Fig.5.
The main board is coded 01205071
and carries all the input metering
circuitry, the microcontroller and the
LCD module which is connected via
a pin header.
The second, smaller board is coded
01205072 and carries switches S1S4 to allow the display values and
options to be changed from the preprogrammed settings.
Begin by checking the PC board for
any faults. These could include bridges
between tracks, breaks in the copper
and incorrect hole sizes. In addition,
make sure that the various mounting
holes are all the correct size, including
those for the RCA sockets.
Start the assembly by installing PC
stakes at the two supply terminals (ie,
the bottom right connections to the DC
socket and S5), then install the eight
S2
S3
S4
wire links. In particular, note the wire
link situated between the two central
RCA sockets – don’t leave it out.
The resistors can go in next. Table
1 shows the resistor colour codes but
you should also use a digital multimeter to confirm their values (some
colours can be difficult to decipher).
Next on the list are the diodes. Note
that several different types are used
in this circuit so be careful not to mix
them up. Once they’re in, transistor Q1
& Q2 can be installed. Note that Q1 is
a BC337 (NPN) while Q2 is a BC327
(PNP) – be sure to install them in their
correct locations.
Note also that the tops of the transistors must be no more than 9mm above
the PC board, to allow clearance for
switch S5 when the unit is mounted
inside its case.
Now for regulator REG1. As shown,
this is installed flat against the board
(just bend its leads down at right angles) and its metal tab secured using an
M3 x 10mm metal screw and nut. Be
sure to tighten the nut before soldering REG1’s leads. Doing this the other
way around could place undue stress
on the soldered joints.
IC1, IC2 & IC4 can now be installed,
taking care to ensure they are all correctly oriented (ie, pin 1 at top, right).
Note that IC4 is a CMOS device, so
observe the usual static precautions
siliconchip.com.au
sockets (for the switch board header).
In both cases, these socket strips are
made by cutting down IC sockets – ie,
a 14-pin IC socket and an 8-pin IC
socket, respectively. Use side cutters to split the sockets in half and
a file to clean up the edges.
Once these are in, a matching 14-way pin header (which is
cut from a 20-way header) can be
soldered to the LCD module. Note
that this header must be inserted
from the underside of the module’s
PC board and its pins soldered on
the top side.
Switch PC board
There’s nothing complicated about
this board, since it carries just switches
S1-S4 and a 6-way pin header. Note
however, that the four switches are
mounted on the copper side of the
board – see photo.
The 6-way header is mounted in the
usual manner (ie, it is installed on the
non-copper side of the board).
This is the view inside the completed
prototype. Be sure to wire the DC socket
for centre positive.
Testing
(ie, discharge yourself by touching an
earthed metal object, avoid touching
its pins and earth the barrel of your
soldering iron using a clip lead).
An 18-pin socket is used for IC3.
Don’t plug IC3 in yet, though – that
step comes later.
Trimpots VR1, VR2 & VR3 are next
on the list. Note that VR3 is 10kW (code
103), while VR1 & VR2 are both 100kW
(code 104). Once they’re in, the four
RCA sockets can be installed.
just below Q2 must be installed horizontally (ie, laid over on their sides).
This is necessary to allow clearance
for the LCD module and the switch
carrier PC board.
In practice, its just a matter of bending their leads down at right angles
before installing them. Make sure they
all go in with the correct polarity.
Depending on the brand, it may also
be necessary to mount some of the
MKT capacitors in this fashion.
Installing the capacitors
Header sockets
Take a careful look at the photos
before installing the capacitors. In
particular, note that all the electrolytic
types except for the two 100mF units
The main board assembly can
now be completed by installing two
7-way SIL (single-in-line) sockets (for
the LCD header) and two 3-way SIL
The unit is now ready for testing,
before final assembly into its case.
This should be done without microcontroller IC3 in place and with the
LCD module unplugged.
First temporarily wire a DC socket
Table 2: Capacitor Codes
Value
680nF
470nF
100nF
56nF
10nF
330pF
mF Value IEC Code
0.68mF
680n
0.47mF
470n
0.1mF
100n
.056mF 56n
.01mF
10n
NA
330p
EIA Code
684
474
104
563
103
331
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
2
2
4
4
2
4
2
2
2
3
1
Value
1MW
910kW
300kW
150kW
100kW
20kW
15kW
2.4kW
2.2kW
1kW
10W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black green brown
white brown yellow brown
orange black yellow brown
brown green yellow brown
brown black yellow brown
red black orange brown
brown green orange brown
red yellow red brown
red red red brown
brown black red brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black yellow brown
white brown black orange brown
orange black black orange brown
brown green black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
red black black red brown
brown green black red brown
red yellow black brown brown
red red black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown black black gold brown
May 2007 71
Fig.6: here’s how the PC board assembly fits inside the case. Be sure to use tapped Nylon spacers as specified (not
metal), to prevent shorts to the PC tracks. The 10mm countersink M3 screws through the base of the case should also
be Nylon, again to prevent shorts on the PC board.
to the +12V and 0V terminals on the
PC board (the +12V lead goes to the
centre terminal of the socket). That
done, connect a 9-12V DC power supply to the unit and switch on (warning:
do not apply more than 15V to the
unit, otherwise zener diode ZD1 will
DISPLAY MODES
Fig.7: just two of the optional display
modes that can be selected: top – Digital
& Bar, VU On, Peak On; bottom – Bar,
VU On, Peak On.
MODE SELECTION
become hot and may be damaged by
excess current).
Now measure the voltage between
pins 5 & 14 of IC3’s socket. This should
be 5V (anywhere between 4.85V and
5.15V is OK). The voltage on pin 11
of both IC1 & IC2 should be anywhere
from -7V to -10V, depending on the
input voltage.
If you don’t get the correct voltages,
switch off immediately and check for
wiring errors. If you don’t get any voltage at all, check the supply polarity.
Assuming everything is OK, switch
off and plug IC3 into its socket, making
sure it is oriented correctly. That done,
plug the LCD module into its header
socket and temporarily support it at
the other end on Nylon stand-offs.
Now apply power again and check
that the display shows “L” and “R” to
indicate the positions of the bargraphs.
If there is no display or the contrast is
poor, try adjusting the contrast trimpot
(VR3). If there is still no display, check
the connections to the module through
the header and sockets.
Final assembly
Fig.8: the display mode is selected by
pressing the Options switch & then
stepping through the selections using
the Up & Down buttons. These two
modes correspond to the displays
shown in Fig.7.
SETTING THE BLOCK VALUES
Fig.9: the individual bargraph block
values can be altered using the Mode
switch & the Up & Down switches.
72 Silicon Chip
Once the checkout is complete, the
PC boards can be installed in a small
plastic case measuring 120 x 70 x
30mm. The specified case comes with
clear lid and is available from Jaycar
(Cat.HB-6082).
If you are building a kit, then the
case may be supplied pre-drilled. If
not, then four countersunk holes will
have to be drilled in the base in line
with the corner mounting holes of
main the PC board. In addition, you
will have drill four holes at one end
for the RCA sockets and a hole at the
other end for the DC power socket.
Be sure to position the latter hole
so that the power socket clears the
switch board.
Finally, you will need to drill two
holes for the switch screws and make
a square cutout for the switch actuator.
The square hole can be made by drilling a series of small holes around the
inside perimeter and then knocking
out the centre piece and cleaning up
with a small file.
Fig.6 shows the final assembly
details. First, the integral (moulded)
spacers on the base should be ground
down to a height of 1mm. That done,
secure an M3 x 11mm tapped Nylon
spacer (cut it down from a 15mm
spacer) to the PC board immediately
to the left of transistor Q1 (this spacer
supports the lower righthand corner of
the LCD module).
A second similar spacer is also fitted
just below this (to the right of the 2.2kW
resistor) to support the righthand end
of the switch PC board.
The main board can now be installed in the case by sitting it on the
1mm moulded spacers. Secure it along
the top edge using two M3 x 10mm
countersink screws which go into
two more M3 x 11mm tapped Nylon
spacers. The bottom edge of the board
is then secured using M3 x 10mm
countersink Nylon screws and nuts.
Once the main board is secured,
the LCD module can be installed by
plugging it into its header socket and
securing it to its three matching Nylon
spacers using M3 x 6mm screws.
Similarly, the switch PC board is
plugged into its header socket and securing it to its matching 11mm spacer
at the other end.
Finally, fit the DC socket and power
switch S5 and complete the wiring as
shown in Fig.5. The switch is secured
using the supplied M2 screws.
Calibration
Just how you calibrate the meter
depends on the application. First,
VR1 and VR2 are used to set the signal
siliconchip.com.au
The LCD module plugs into the 2 x 7-way SIL sockets on the PC board and is
secured to three of the Nylon spacers. The switch PC board (not shown here)
mounts in similar fashion and is secured to the fourth Nylon spacer.
level sensitivity for the left and right
channels respectively.
In practice, a true VU meter will
show +0dBU when the applied signal
is +4dBU. Now 0dBU is 1mW into
600W. Thus, when 1mW is multiplied
by 600W and the square root taken (V
= square root of Power x Resistance),
the voltage is 774mV. 4dBU is 1.584
times greater and so the 4dBU signal
level is 1.23V.
The peak level will be some 3dB
higher than this because the peak
value of a sinewave is 1.414 times
higher than its RMS value. So if you
are replacing existing VU meters,
this Stereo VU/Peak Meter should be
calibrated to show 0VU with a 1.23V
sinewave input.
For most other applications, the
display readings are set according
to the level that produces clipping.
With digital recorders, these invariably include a clipping indication
that shows whenever the signal goes
above the maximum level for digital
conversion.
This means that the meter should be
calibrated so that the 0VU peak block
is just displayed at this clipping level.
The display range may also be
altered to suit your application. A
digital recorder would normally use
a meter display that shows 0VU at
the far righthand block. The values
below this can then be set according
to preference.
For example, you could set each
block to display in just 1dB steps, or
you could use much larger steps or
a combination of step sizes. Larger
steps are more useful at lower signal
levels, while 1dB steps are best as
the signal level approaches the upper
SC
threshold.
Call us today for your FREE Catalogue!
Quote “Silicon Chip” when calling
Design Made Easy
Ñ 1 book
Ñ 116,000+ products
Ñ 130,000+ datasheets online
Ñ 400+ pages of indexes,
guides and design tips
Range Enhanced
Ñ 13,000+ new products
Stock Availability
Ñ 70,000+ products stocked locally
Ñ 40,000+ products stock guaranteed
Australia
www.farnell.com.au
1300 361 005
New Zealand
www.farnell.co.nz
0800 90 80 80
…it all adds up to our best catalogue ever!
A Premier Farnell Company
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 73
By JOHN CLARKE
Programmable Ignition
System For Cars; Pt.3
In Pt.2, we described how to build all the
modules that comprise the Programmable
Ignition System. This month, we describe the
installation and setting up procedures and
show you how to plot the ignition timing.
A
S MENTIONED in Pt.1, the Programmable Ignition System can
either be used as a complete ignition
system or as an interceptor.
Whether it behaves as an interceptor or not depends on the input signal
that’s applied to the unit. In most
cars, the ignition system will already
provide ignition advance with respect
to RPM and engine load. This applies
not only to cars that have full or partial
engine management but also to older
cars that simply have mechanical RPM
and vacuum advance systems.
When used as an interceptor, the
Programmable Ignition simply modifies the existing ignition timing. By
contrast, when it’s used as a complete
ignition system, we dispense with any
existing timing system that may exist
and re-map the timing using the Programmable Ignition Timing Module.
If you intend using the unit as an
74 Silicon Chip
interceptor, then there’s no real need
to know what the engine’s existing
timing map is for RPM and engine
load. That’s because we are simply
using the unit to modify the existing
timing values at various engine RPM
and load sites.
Why would you want to do this?
Well, you may want to advance the
timing at some sites to gain power
and/or retard the timing to prevent
detonation (ping) at certain trouble
spots within the RPM and engine
load map.
Note that although the original timing curve does not have to be known
for interception, you do need to know
the RPM and engine load range. This
is necessary to ensure that the full
mapping range is utilised with the
Programmable Ignition System (more
on this later).
Conversely, if the unit is used as a re-
Warning!
Programming an incorrect timing
map into the Ignition Timing Module
could result in serious engine damage.
Do NOT modify your car by fitting this
device unless you know exactly what
you are doing.
Also, be sure to install this ignition
system in a manner that does not
compromise safety. It must be ruggedly built and correctly installed to
ensure that no leads or components
can come adrift.
Finally, make sure that the device
does not compromise the operation
of other systems controlled by an
existing engine management unit – eg,
ABS, traction control, stability control,
air-bag control, etc.
placement ignition, it will be easier to
program in a timing map if the original
engine timing is known. That way, the
Programmable Ignition can initially
duplicate the original timing which
can then be adjusted as necessary in a
similar manner to an interceptor – eg,
to extract better performance and/or to
prevent detonation.
siliconchip.com.au
In some cases, full timing information will be available from the car’s
manufacturer or from a workshop
manual. Usually, however, there will
be no information available.
The solution is to actually measure
the timing advance against changes in
RPM and engine load. This is easy to
do in cars with a mechanical vacuum
advance mechanism, as this operates
independently of engine RPM.
Plotting the timing values in cars
that use engine mapping and a MAP
sensor for vacuum measurement is
only slightly more difficult. It’s done
by externally altering the pressure sent
to the MAP sensor or actuator. The
exact procedure is described in the
panel headed “Plotting The Original
Ignition Timing Values”.
Cars that utilise Mass Air Flow
(MAF) sensing of engine load are much
more difficult when it comes to mapping ignition advance. That’s because
the engine will have to be run with
varying degrees of load throughout
the RPM range and this can only be
achieved on a dynamometer.
Interceptor or replacement?
Note that the Programmable Ignition System should be used only as
an interceptor on cars that already
have an engine management system.
That’s because the manufacturer’s timing map will have been carefully designed for your engine. Furthermore,
the timing would have been mapped
against air inlet temperature, engine
temperature and the air-fuel ratio to
provide the best performance in all
conditions.
By using the Programmable Ignition
System only as an interceptor in such
cars, the original timing variations according to fuel ratio, temperature, RPM
and load will be retained.
By contrast, we do advocate using
the Programmable Ignition System as
a complete replacement in older cars
and Go-carts and on engines that do
not currently include RPM or vacuum
advance.
Many old cars provide both RPM
and vacuum advance by mechanical means. Because of their age, the
RPM advance system is now likely to
be worn and sticky in its operation,
while the vacuum actuator will often
be leaky or may have failed altogether.
Most drivers do not notice if a vacuum
actuator has failed because when it
fails, it remains at the maximum ensiliconchip.com.au
Timing Problems With Reluctor Triggers
In some cars, when using the Programmable Ignition, you may find that
the ignition trigger exhibits a type of
stiction effect, with the timing initially
failing to advance from about 0-5°. This
effect is due to the coil firing just before
the trigger signal (due to the advance
setting) and the resulting high-tension
signal within the distributor then interfering with the normal operation of the
trigger sensor.
Reluctor triggers are the most likely
to be affected in this way. Hall Effect,
optical, engine management and points
triggers are unlikely to be affected.
In some cases the effect may be dialled out by careful adjustment of VR1.
Also, make sure the high-tension lead
and the reluctor leads are spaced well
apart and only intersect at right angles
if they do need to cross.
If this does not solve the problem then
gine load position. As a result, power
under load is retained.
Our experience
During our tests, we eliminated the
original mechanical RPM and vacuum
advance systems in a 1988 Ford Telstar
and used the Programmable Ignition
System to provide the timing advance
instead. As a result, the engine became far more responsive to throttle
changes and was more willing to rev
than before.
There are a couple of reasons for
this improved performance. First, the
flying weight system in the distributor
you can avoid programming low values
of advance into the Programmable
Ignition. This can be done in one of two
ways. First, the static timing can be set
to say 10° of retard (eg, –10°) so that
you need at least 10° of advance from
the Programmable Ignition to get 0°
timing. Of course, the entire timing map
would have to be changed to include this
extra 10° for all values.
An alternative method is to set
the static timing to greater than the
maximum amount of advance in the
timing map. This value would then be
subtracted from required timing value
for each map site in order to determine
the retard setting required for each site
in the Programmable Ignition.
For example, if the static timing is
+40° and the timing map value is 22°,
the programmable ignition map setting
would be -18° (22° - 40° = -18°).
that provides RPM advance is fairly
sluggish to respond to RPM changes.
By contrast, the Programmable Ignition System provides “instantaneous”
changes to the timing map.
Similarly, the vacuum actuator that
moves the distributor’s trigger firing
point is slow to respond compared to
using a pressure (or MAP) sensor with
the Programmable Ignition System.
Installation
Typically, the Ignition Timing Module is best mounted inside the cabin
of the car; eg, somewhere under the
dashboard. This allows the Hand Con-
An external MAP sensor can be mounted on the
firewall. It will require power connections plus
a vacuum hose connection to the inlet manifold.
May 2007 75
Plotting The Original Ignition Timing Values
I
T’S QUITE EASY to plot the timing
advance values for an existing ignition
system by using a timing light. In fact,
there are several ways to go about this.
Typically, most cars only provide timing
marks that show Top Dead Centre (TDC)
and up to about 10° or 12° before TDC
using a scale on the engine block. These
marks are ideal for setting up the ignition
timing at idle but are not sufficient to
measure advance at higher RPM values.
This is because the advance will go beyond
the 10° or 12° timing mark.
One way round this is to make up an
extended timing scale to directly indicate
the advance at higher RPM values. Another
option is to use a timing light that includes
advance adjustment.
Yet another option is to use the Programmable Ignition System and a spare
ignition coil and spark plug. This system
can shift the timing light’s stroboscopic
flashing so that it is delayed by as many
degrees as the advance. That way, you
can use the existing engine timing marks.
Fig.23 shows how to set this system
up. Note that the coil shown here is not
the ignition coil used in the car but a
separate one that independently fires the
timing light. If you do not have a spare coil,
they are readily available from automotive
wreckers or you could temporarily borrow
one from another car (just about any single
output ignition coil can be used).
The spark plug is necessary to provide
a spark gap for the coil to discharge. This
is important because if the coil’s high tension output is left open, there is the risk
that the coil will internally breakdown and
suffer permanent damage.
The Ignition Timing Module takes its
signal from the car’s trigger sensor or
existing ECU output but note that this
signal must include the timing advance
(not always the case with trigger sensor
information). If the trigger signal does not
include the timing advance, then be sure
to use the output from the ECU.
Before actually plotting out the timing
values, there are a number of adjustments
that must first be made to the Ignition
Timing Module, as follows:
the cabin. Make sure it is well away
from the exhaust manifold though, to
prevent excessive heat exposure. It can
be mounted using suitable brackets to
the chassis.
The big disadvantage of mounting
the unit in the engine bay is that it
is much harder to connect the Hand
Controller for driving. In some cases,
it may be possible to feed the connecting lead through a window and
under the rear of the (closed) bonnet.
Alternatively, it may be possible to
temporarily feed the connecting lead
through the firewall (not so easy) or
through an air vent (easier).
Note that the lid of the Ignition Timing Module must be left off when the
Hand Controller is connected. This
also allows jumper LK1 to be easily
changed, to select either the settings
or timing display modes. Note that
Reluctor adjustment
If your car uses a reluctor pick-up, then
VR1 (on the Ignition Timing Module) must
first be adjusted. Begin by setting VR1 fully
clockwise and measure the voltage at pin
6 of IC1. If the voltage is close to 0V, wind
VR1 anticlockwise several turns until the
voltage at pin 6 of IC1 goes to +5V. When
it does, wind VR1 anticlockwise about
two turns more and leave it at this setting.
If the voltage at pin 6 of IC1 is +5V
when VR1 is wound fully clockwise, then
rotate VR1 fully anticlockwise and wind it
clockwise until the voltage goes to +5V. As
before, wind VR1 on by an extra two turns
(clockwise this time).
Initial settings
Now for the programmed settings.
Fig.23: here’s how to set
the system up with a
timing light and a spare
ignition coil to map the
ignition timing.
troller to be easily attached and used
while someone else does the driving
(this should be done on a racetrack or
some other closed road).
It is also best to mount the Ignition
Timing Module in the cabin if the
Sensym pressure sensor is used. This
helps keep the sensor cool.
Alternatively, the Ignition Timing
Module can be mounted in the engine
bay if you cannot find room for it in
76 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
Here’s the step-by-step procedure:
(1) Install jumper LK1 in the settings
position.
(2) Set the number of cylinders for your
car, the edge sense to HIGH and the diagnostic setting to “No Interpolation”.
(3) Set the dwell to 0ms and set the oscillator to ON.
(4) Increase the dwell value until the timing
light fires reliably. Note that the dwell value
does not change until the Up switch on the
Hand Controller is released.
(5) Move LK1 to the timing position and
press the Reset switch on the Hand Controller so that all the timing values for the
selected map return to 0.
If you now start the engine and aim the
timing light at the flywheel timing marks
you should see the amount of advance. If
this does not seem correct, then change
the edge sense to low in the settings mode
(ie, temporarily move LK1 back to the settings position). If the strobing is erratic, try
selecting the 2ms debounce option (again
found in the settings mode).
Note that with this strobe set-up, the
timing light will fire for every spark firing
rather than just for cylinder 1. This will
make the visible contrast of the timing
mark a little less than it otherwise would be.
You can compensate for this by dabbing
some white paint on the flywheel marker.
RPM Site
Load Site
Min load LOAD1
LOAD2
LOAD3
LOAD4
LOAD5
LOAD6
LOAD7
LOAD8
LOAD9
LOAD10
Max load LOAD11
RPM0 Min RPM
RPM1
0
1000
6
6
RPM2
RPM3
RPM4
RPM5
RPM6
RPM7
RPM8
RPM9
RPM10
Max RPM
RPM11
8.5
11.5
13
15.5
19
22
26
28
32.5
34
1400
1800
2200
2600
3000
3400
3800
4200
4600
5000
Table 1: this table shows the interpolated advance values vs RPM for the high
load site (in this case, LOAD11). These values are measured with the vacuum
advance line disconnected and plugged – see text.
Having gone through all these initial
adjustments, the next step is to disable any
vacuum advance by removing and plugging the rubber hose that connects to the
vacuum advance pressure sensor (or MAP
sensor. The timing advance at idle should
be set according to the manufacturer’s
specifications.
For the Ford Telstar, the initial timing is
6° BTC (before top centre) and this should
be indicated by aiming the timing light at
the timing marks. In this case, the Ignition
Timing Module can now be programmed
(using the Hand Controller) for a timing
advance of -6.0° (retard). When this is
done, the timing light should now show
the timing to be at exactly TDC on the
flywheel marks.
Plotting the RPM advance values from
here is straightforward. It’s just a matter
of running the engine at specific RPM
values and adjusting the “retard” value
programmed into the Ignition Timing
Module until the timing light shows TDC
in each case. The programmed values then
represent the timing advance (in degrees)
for each selected RPM value.
For example, let’s say that the programmed value necessary for the timing
light to show TDC is -22° when the engine
is doing 3400 RPM. This simply means
that, in this particular case, the standard
ignition has a timing advance of 22° at that
engine speed.
OK, so how do we actually do this?
Simple – just select the timing display
mode (using LK1) and then select DIAG
so that the RPM is displayed. You can now
plot out the advance versus RPM values
by increasing the engine RPM in suitable
steps (eg, 1000 RPM) all the way to the red
line and adjusting the programmed retard
value so that the timing is shown at TDC.
Keep a record of these advance values as
you proceed.
This RPM versus timing advance is
generally the high-load map because the
vacuum advance line is disconnected
and plugged. However, it is not the high
load map for turbo-boosted engines (see
below).
The recorded timing information can
now be plotted out on a graph and the
interpolated values transferred to the individual RPM sites. This is done as follows:
(1) Decide whether you want the two 11x11
maps or the single 15x15 map and select
this in the settings mode.
(2) Select either 1° or 0.5° resolution.
(3) Set the Minimum RPM and Maximum
RPM values to suit the range of the engine.
The Minimum RPM value is simply the idle
speed, while the Maximum RPM value is
the engine red line. The idle speed can be
measured by setting the display to DIAG,
so that it shows RPM.
When setting the Maximum RPM, adjust
the RPM/SITE value so that the Maximum
RPM is at or just over the value required.
You can also adjust the Minimum RPM
setting if necessary (see Pt.1).
The Minimum RPM value becomes
the RPM1 site. The RPM step value for
each site is shown in the Maximum RPM
settings display. If this is 400 RPM, for
example, then the RPM2 site will be 400
RPM higher than the Minimum RPM
setting. Similarly, the next RPM site will
be 400 RPM higher again and so on up
to the final RPM site which will be equal
to (or slightly higher than) the Maximum
RPM value.
You should now have a timing table
. . . continued next page
LK1 should be placed in the settings
position when the Hand Controller is
subsequently disconnected.
By contrast, the Ignition Coil Driver
must be mounted in the engine bay.
It can be secured to the chassis using
suitable brackets and should be located close to the ignition coil. If you
are using a separate MAP sensor, then
this can be mounted on the firewall.
Make sure that there is a good con-
nection between the metal cases of
both units and chassis. If necessary,
you can run separate earth leads to
ground (bolt them to the chassis via
crimp eyelet connectors).
Once you’ve made the connections,
use your multimeter (set to its ohms
range) to confirm that the metal cases
are correctly grounded. You should get
a reading of zero ohms between each
metal case and ground.
Fig.15 in Pt.2 last month shows the
external wiring details. Note that all
wiring between the Ignition Timing
Module and the Ignition Coil Driver
should be run using automotive wire
and crimp automotive connectors.
Similarly, use automotive wire and
crimp connectors for the connections
to the ignition coil, the +12V supply
and to chassis.
The +12V supply should be taken
Checking the advance
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 77
Plotting The Original Timing Values – Continued
Fig.24: here’s how to check the LOAD values in a car with a mechanical
vacuum actuator. The syringe is used to vary the pressure.
that is similar to the one shown in Table
1. Note that we have included RPM0 on
a different line because it is only there to
show that the advance setting remains the
same for RPM values below the Minimum
RPM site (RPM1).
Finally, you may wish to recheck the
advance values assigned to each RPM
site. For example, for the table shown, you
would recheck the advance at 1000, 1400,
1800, 2200, 2600, 3000, 3400, 3800,
4200, 4600 and 5000 RPM.
Having determined the RPM site advance values, you now need to plot the
LOAD values.
First, let’s assume that you have a car
with a mechanical vacuum actuator. In this
case, you will need a T-piece in order to
connect this existing vacuum actuator (via
a hose) to the MAP sensor used with the
Programmable Ignition System.
Note, however, that a T-piece is not
required if your car is fitted with an existing MAP sensor. In this case, the same
signal from the MAP sensor is used both
for the existing ignition and for the Ignition
Timing Module.
In either case, it will be necessary to
feed a MAP sensor signal to the Ignition
Timing Module. If you are using the Sensym sensor, then a vacuum hose has to
be connected to this.
The T-piece does not have to be anything too complex. You can buy these at
from the fusebox. Be sure to choose a
connection point that delivers +12V
only when the ignition on. In addition,
make sure that this +12V rail DOES
NOT drop to 0V when the ignition
is switched to START, otherwise the
engine will never start.
In our case, we used twin-core
shielded cable to connect between
the Ignition Timing Module and an
external MAP sensor mounted on the
firewall (see photo. Alternatively, you
can use automotive cable.
Note that the MAP sensor must be
wired with the correct polarity so
double-check the wiring and voltages
before making the final connection
to the this sensor. If you are using an
existing MAP sensor, then you won’t
need to make the supply connections,
since these will already be present (see
panel on page 73 last month).
Vacuum advance
78 Silicon Chip
an automotive shop or make your own.
As shown in Fig.24, a syringe is used
to vary the pressure. However, be careful
not introduce excessive pressure into the
MAP sensor as it may be damaged.
For 1-bar sensors, the syringe should
be pressed all the way in before connecting it to the vacuum hose. That way, you
can only “draw” a vacuum by pulling on
the syringe plunger (and not increase the
pressure). The maximum value is typically
around 200 but could be as high as 230
and is equivalent to a 4-4.5V output from
the sensor.
If you are using a 2-bar sensor, first
check the LOAD value at normal atmospheric air pressure. At 2-bar, this value
will be about 100 greater. Do not increase
pressure above this increased value (ie,
the atmospheric plus 100 value).
In this case (ie, for a 2-bar sensor), the
syringe should be inserted into the hose
with the plunger set half-way down. If you
cannot get a sufficient pressure range with
this, then you will have to do the pressure
changes in two steps: (1) for vacuum,
insert the syringe when the plunger is fully
in and draw out the plunger for vacuum;
and (2) for boost pressure measurements,
insert the syringe nozzle into the hose with
the plunger fully drawn and apply boost
pressure by pressing on the plunger.
During this process, be sure to always
monitor the sensor output level by setting
the Hand Controller to DIAG mode (the
second line shows the pressure sensor
LOAD value). If the value stops increasing as you apply more pressure, then
stop immediately. This indicates that you
have reached the maximum pressure that
the sensor can detect and any further
increases could damage it.
Plotting vacuum advance
Let’s assume that your car uses a
vacuum actuator and you have made the
necessary vacuum hose connections using
the T-piece. The vacuum advance plot can
A toggle switch will need to be
mounted on the dashboard if you want
to be able to select between two 11x11
maps. The wires for this are connected
to the S1 terminals on the Ignition Timing Module PC board. If you just want
one map (either an 11x11 or a 15x15),
then switch S1 is unnecessary.
Adjusting VR1
If you are using a reluctor pickup
siliconchip.com.au
to trigger the Ignition Timing Module,
the first thing to do is to adjust trimpot
VR1. That’s done as set out in the accompanying panel headed “Plotting
The Original Ignition Timing Values”
(see text immediately following “Reluctor adjustment”).
If you have plotted the RPM advance
curve (see panel), then most of the
parameters within the Ignition Timing Module will have already been
siliconchip.com.au
Value
151
155
159
163
167
171
175
179
183
187
191
RPM Site
Load Site
LOAD1
LOAD2
LOAD3
LOAD4
LOAD5
LOAD6
LOAD7
LOAD8
LOAD9
LOAD10
LOAD11
RPM0 Min RPM
RPM1
0
1000
6
6
RPM2
1400
18.5
17.5
16.5
15.5
14.5
13.5
12.5
11.5
10.5
9.5
8.5
RPM3
RPM4
RPM5
RPM6
RPM7
RPM8
RPM9
RPM10
Max RPM
RPM11
11.5
13
15.5
19
22
26
28
32.5
34
1800
2200
2600
3000
3400
3800
4200
4600
5000
Table 2: the LOAD site values are all made at a fixed RPM setting but do not
use the RPM1 value. Choose the RPM2 or RPM3 rev value instead.
RPM Site
Load Site
Min load LOAD1
LOAD2
LOAD3
LOAD4
LOAD5
LOAD6
LOAD7
LOAD8
LOAD9
LOAD10
Max load LOAD11
RPM0 Min RPM
RPM1
0
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1000
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
RPM2
1400
18.5
17.5
16.5
15.5
14.5
13.5
12.5
11.5
10.5
9.5
8.5
RPM3
1800
21.5
20.5
19.5
18.5
17.5
16.5
15.5
14.5
13.5
12.5
11.5
RPM4
2200
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
RPM5
2600
25.5
24.5
23.5
22.5
21.5
20.5
19.5
18.5
17.5
16.5
15.5
RPM6
3000
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
RPM7
3400
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
RPM8
3800
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
RPM9
4200
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
RPM10
4600
42.5
41.5
40.5
39.5
38.5
37.5
36.5
35.5
34.5
33.5
32.5
Max RPM
RPM11
5000
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
Table 3: once you’ve completed Table 2, the rest of the table can be filled in by
adding or subtracting the RPM advance
steps to the RPM2 LOAD site values.
11 x 11
This is the result for a 1988 2-litre Ford Telstar.
Ignition Timing Map
45
Programming
RPM11
RPM9
RPM10
RPM8
RPM2
RPM1
LOAD11
If your car has an existing MAP sensor, then the load advance will have to be
plotted for each RPM
site. The table then
Engine Load
may not have a consistent change between
LOAD sites but its value will be dependent
on the ignition mapping.
RPM3
MAP sensor
RPM7
low if you know it should be this setting). The diagnostic setting should
then be checked to ensure it is set for
“interpolation on”.
Next, decide whether you want the
two 11x11 maps or the single 15x15
map and select this in the map setting.
Follow this step by selecting either
the 1° or 0.5° resolution and set the
debounce to 0.4ms.
Note that the latter may need to be
Because the vacuum actuator advance
system provides the same advance curve
at all RPM values, it’s quite easy to complete the table. In our example, the advance
increases by 1° for each decreasing LOAD
site. Table 3 shows the result.
RPM6
set. You will, however, need to set the
dwell for the ignition coil.
Conversely, if none of the parameters have been set, then you will have
to start from scratch. The various settings were detailed in the first article
in March 2007.
The first step is to place jumper LK1
in the settings position. That done, set
the number of cylinders for your car,
then set the edge sense to high (or to
Completing the table
RPM5
The Ignition Timing Module can now be
programmed with the timing map. This is
done using the VIEW setting, to enable
40
Advance
stepping through all
the
map sites.
(Degrees)
35
Normally, the distributor
would be ad40-45
justed so that the trigger
sensor
delivers
30
35-40
a firing signal at TDC
and
the
timing
map
30-35
25
25-30
entered on this basis. Alternatively,
you can
20-25
20
set the distributor to deliver
15-20 a firing signal
15
10-15
at a preset advance
or retard
value. The
5-10
10
entered advance values
would
need
to be
0-5
adjusted to account5 for this initial advance
or retard setting of0 the distributor.
Make sure that the distributor’s rotor
is still within its range for firing with the
values set in the programmable ignition.
If you do not change the settings much
RPM
beyond the original ignition timing curve,
then the rotor will remain within range to
allow the spark to bridge the gap within
the distributor cap to fire the spark plugs.
Finally, don’t forget to set the interpolation back to “on” after plotting the ignition
timing.
RPM4
This is because the lowest value must be
entered as the minimum load site.
LOAD1
LOAD2
LOAD3
LOAD4
LOAD5
LOAD6
LOAD7
LOAD8
LOAD9
LOAD10
now be made at a fixed RPM setting that
coincides with an RPM load site value.
However, do not to choose the idle load
point because the engine RPM will alter
as vacuum advance is applied and you
need to be able to adjust the throttle to
maintain the fixed RPM setting. Choose
the RPM2 site value instead (1400 RPM
in our example).
It’s now just a matter of plotting the RPM
advance against the pressure sensor LOAD
reading, as shown on the Hand Controller’s
display. To vary the LOAD reading, just
vary the position of the syringe plunger. Be
sure to adjust the throttle to compensate
for pressure changes, to maintain engine
RPM at the RPM2 site value.
In practice, the vacuum advance value
will stop increasing beyond a certain min
imum pressure value. This value should be
recorded as the minimum load. Similarly,
it will also cease changing at a certain
maximum pressure value and this should
be recorded as the maximum load value.
Enter these two values into the Minimum
LOAD and Maximum LOAD settings.
Remember that the maximum load
value can only be changed by increasing
the LOADS/SITE value. In our example
below, the LOADS/SITE value is 40 and
it ranges from a minimum of 151 (which
becomes LOAD1) through to a maximum
of 191 (LOAD11).
You can now insert the load timing
values into a table as shown in Table 2.
Note that the voltage output from electronic pressure sensors (including MAP
sensors) usually decreases with increasing
vacuum (lower pressure). This means that
the minimum load (maximum vacuum)
gives the lowest value on the DIAG display
and so this becomes the minimum load
site (LOAD1).
If, for some reason, the pressure readings are reversed (ie, the value increases
with decreasing vacuum), then the load
site numbering will have to be reversed so
that the maximum load becomes LOAD1.
May 2007 79
Using An Existing Coil Driver Module
I
N SOME CASES, it may be possible for
the output from the Ignition Timing Module to drive an existing ignition module (or
coil driver) instead of using the SILICON
CHIP Ignition Coil Driver.
There are a few things to sort out before
doing this, however. First, you must find
out the voltage sense used for the trigger
signal. This can easily be determined if the
trigger signal is produced by the ECU. For
other triggers, the sense may need to be
determined by trial and error.
Initially, you should set the Ignition
Timing Module’s EDGE setting set to
LOW. If it doesn’t work, try reducing the
470W output resistor in the Ignition Timing Module to 220W in order to drive the
original coil driver module.
If it still doesn’t work, try changing the
EDGE setting to HIGH. In addition, the
Ignition Timing Module output must be
inverted for positive edge firing by taking
the drive from transistor Q4 – see Fig.14
in last month’s article.
ECU trigger signal
What if you are using the trigger signal
from an existing ECU (or engine management unit)?
In this case, the output may normally
be at +5V, with a low signal then applied
to the ignition module to “charge” the
coil and a high-going signal subsequently
used to fire a plug. Alternatively, the signal
sense could be completely reverse to this.
Generally, it’s easy to determine the
voltage sense by measuring the voltage
from the ECU when the engine is idling,
using a multimeter set to read DC. The
meter will show the average voltage of
the trigger signal and so a normally low
output will give a voltage below 2.5V and
a normally high output will give a voltage
above 2.5V.
If the measured voltage is less than
+2.5V, then the plugs fire on the low-going
signal edges (ie, the ECU’s output goes
to +5V to “charge” the coil). In this case,
the EDGE setting in the Ignition Timing
Module should be set to LOW.
Conversely, if the voltage is greater than
+2.5V, it means that the coil charges when
the ECU output goes to 0V and the plugs
fire on the high-going signal edges. In
this case, the EDGE setting in the Ignition
Timing Module should be set to HIGH. In
addition, the signal output from the Ignition Timing Module must be inverted (by
taking the output from transistor Q4), as
shown last month in Fig.14.
set to 2ms if there are problems. This
higher debounce period is usually
required only for points triggers.
internal oscillator will automatically
be off when power is re-applied.
Dwell setting
If you intend using the unit as an
interceptor (ie, to modify the timing
output from an existing system), then
you will need to know both the existing pressure (MAP) sensor and RPM
ranges. This means that the Ignition
Timing Module should be set up so
that it initially makes no changes made
to the timing.
The range over which the existing
MAP sensor works can be found by
monitoring the LOAD value in the
DIAG display mode. First, record the
maximum load value by checking the
LOAD reading with the ignition on
but without the engine started. This
should be done only for normally
aspirated engines when the barometer
shows 1013hPa of atmospheric pressure (ie, the standard pressure at sea
level).
If you are at a higher altitude, then
add another 3% to the reading for
Now for the dwell setting. First,
attach an external spark plug to the
HT lead from the coil and connect the
plug’s metal thread to chassis (ground).
You can use a heavy-duty lead with
alligator clips at either end to make
this connection.
Now set the dwell to 0ms and set the
internal oscillator in the Ignition Timing Module to on. That done, increase
the dwell until the spark plug appears
to give its best spark.
Note that the dwell value will not
change until the Up switch on the
Hand Controller is released, so be
sure to release the switch each time
you make a change. Stop increasing
the dwell when the spark appears to
have reached its maximum intensity.
Once you’ve finished, switch off the
ignition and reconnect the HT lead
correctly so that the car will run. The
80 Silicon Chip
MAP sensor & RPM ranges
Small Engine Use
For some motorcycles, go-carts and
other engines, the ignition can be operated without using a MAP sensor. In this
case, the MAP sensor input on the PC
board should be connected to the 0V
(ground) supply pin provided for the
external MAP sensor. This will set the
programmable ignition at a single fixed
load setting.
In the settings, set the minimum load
to about 20 and the maximum load to
around 200. The ignition will then be
programmed for RPM load sites only
and at the fixed load setting. RPM
mapping would be over 11 RPM sites
(or 15 RPM sites if the single 15 x 15
map is selected).
every 300m above sea level to compensate for the loss in air pressure.
Alternatively, vary the reading by the
percentage that your local air pressure differs from 1013hPa. Increase
the reading for lower air pressure and
decrease it for higher air pressure.
For turbo engines, the maximum
reading from the pressure sensor is
found at maximum boost.
The minimum load value can be
found by driving the car downhill,
with the engine being overrun (eg, by
shifting to a lower gear than normal).
Note, however, that some cars tap the
vacuum line for the vacuum measurement before the butterfly valve that’s
located within the air inlet throat. In
this case, vacuum measurement is not
available on a fully-closed throttle
because the butterfly valve is also clos
ed. What’s more, just slightly opening
the throttle in this case will cause the
vacuum to reappear.
Once you’ve measured the minimum load value, enter it into the
settings as the Minimum LOAD. That
done, enter the Maximum LOAD by
altering the loads/site value so that
it is equal to or a little over the value
previously measured.
You now need to set the minimum
and maximum RPM values to suit
the range of the engine. Just set the
Minimum RPM value to the idle speed
and the Maximum RPM value to the
engine red line.
Note that the idle speed can be measured using the Programmable Ignition
System, with the display set to DIAG
to show the RPM.
siliconchip.com.au
Disabling Original Ignition Systems
I
F YOUR CAR already has a fully electronic ignition, it can be disabled
quite easily. Just disconnect the trigger sensor from the existing
ignition and connect it to the Ignition Timing Module instead.
Note that with some ignition systems, you will not be able to find a
suitable trigger signal that does not also include timing information.
In this case, you can only use the Programmable Ignition System
as an interceptor.
To disable a mechanical advance system, you first need to remove
and disassemble part of the distributor. Make sure you turn the
engine to TDC for cylinder 1 before removing the distributor.
The distributor must be stripped down to give access to the
mechanical weights, so they can be locked in place. We used an
aluminium plate to lock the weights to the minimum advance position. The
vacuum actuator hose is disconnected (to set the advance to the maximum
load setting) and the inlet to the actuator is plugged.
The vacuum hose is then connected to the manifold pressure
sensor that’s used with the Programmable Ignition System (eg, to
an external MAP sensor or the on-board Sensym sensor). Be sure
to reinstall the distributor with its rotor pointing towards the cylinder
1 high-tension terminal on the distributor cap.
The inlet to the vacuum
actuator is disconnected
and plugged.
Left: you can use a
simple aluminium
plate like this to
lock the mechanical
timing weights
inside a distributor.
It simply slides over
the distributor cam
and the timing weight
posts, as shown in the
photos.
Inside a stripped-down distributor,
showing the timing weight posts.
The aluminium plate prevents the posts attached to
the weights from sliding in their slots as the RPM
increases, thus locking them in position.
siliconchip.com.au
The partially reassembled distributor with the
advance plate back in position. Because the weights
are locked, the advance plate is now also locked.
May 2007 81
Programmable Ignition Software: How It Works
T
HE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION in Pt.1
details many of the functions of microcontroller IC1 and explains its pin assignments. However, it doesn’t explain what
goes on inside the microcontroller, so let’s
take a closer look at this.
As we’ve already seen, the trigger signal
is applied to IC1’s RB0 input and the RB3
output subsequently switches off the ignition coil via the driver circuit to fire a spark
plug. We’ll assume here that a positive
signal edge at the RB0 input is the trigger
point for turning off the ignition coil.
Alternatively, this could be set for negative edge triggering instead by selecting
the EDGE LOW setting via the LCD Hand
Controller.
If the Programmable Ignition is set
for no advance or retard, the RB3 output
will go low and turn off the ignition coil
(to fire a plug) at the instant the RB0
input goes high. However, we also need
to “charge” the coil so that there is sufficient energy stored in it at the point of
“firing” so as to provide a spark. The
duration required to fully charge the coil
(to provide maximum spark energy) is
called the “dwell” period.
In order to provide this dwell period,
we need to predict when the coil is going to “fire” the next plug. Based on this
prediction, we can then determine when
to start “charging” the coil (ie, the start of
the dwell period).
Fig.25 shows the waveforms associated
with this. The top waveform is the trigger
signal applied to RB0 and the positivegoing edges are the firing points. The RB3
output on the waveform below this initiates
When setting the Maximum RPM,
adjust the RPM/SITE value so that the
maximum RPM is at or just over the
value required. You can also adjust the
minimum RPM setting to achieve the
best compromise for the adjustment.
Testing
The Programmable Ignition System
should now be ready for it first real
test. If you are using it as an interceptor, make sure that all the initial timing
map values are zero. You can ensure
this by pressing the Reset button on
the Hand Controller and waiting one
second so that RESET is shown on the
display. This will clear all the timing
82 Silicon Chip
Fig.25: the top waveform in red represents the trigger signal applied to the
RB0 input of the microcontroller in the Ignition Timing Module. The green
waveforms show the three possible RB3 output signal conditions.
the dwell period before firing occurs at the
positive edge of RB0.
To predict the next firing point, we use
a timer (Timer2) that counts up by one for
each 800ns between the positive edges
of RB0. This count value then becomes
the predicted count for Timer2 to indicate
when the next firing will occur. This is
true when the engine is running at a con-
stant RPM. However, when the engine is
increasing in speed, the firing point will
occur somewhat earlier than the previous
Timer2 count value.
Conversely, the firing point will lag
behind the previous Timer2 count value
when the engine is slowing down. These
changes are not significant since the
engine RPM value cannot quickly change
values to zero but only for the map
selected.
If you want to clear both the alpha
and beta maps, then you will need to
use switch S1 to select the alternative
map and press the Reset button again.
Of course, this only applies if the two
11x11 maps have been selected. The
15x15 map is fully reset to zero using
just the Reset switch, regardless of
switch S1’s position.
Now try to start the engine. If it
refuses to start, then the edge setting
(for the input trigger signal) may need
to be set to low rather than high.
Assuming that it does start, check
that it runs properly when the throttle
is quickly pressed to increase the revs.
If it falters, then the dwell period may
need increasing a little. Additionally,
the response to the low-speed RPM
setting may need to be increased by a
few hundred RPM above the idle speed
for best “take-off” acceleration.
Altering the timing a little from
its standard setting can sometimes
smooth out the idle speed if it tends to
be rough. It needs to be tested by both
advancing and retarding the existing
value to find the optimum setting. This
setting becomes the cranking advance
as well.
These two settings (for cranking and
idle) may not be compatible because
siliconchip.com.au
to any extent between successive input
trigger signals.
The dwell period can be initiated before
the next firing by doing some calculations using the Timer2 count value. If, for
example, the required dwell for the coil is
4ms, we can calculate that this period is
equal to a count of 5000. This is because
4ms requires counting 5000 of the 800ns
count periods. We can then start the dwell
at a count of 5000 before the next expected
firing point.
Initiating the dwell start and switching
off the coil to fire a plug requires another
counter. At every positive signal edge on
RB0, this second counter (Timer0) is set at
a value so that it will reach a count of zero at
the next expected firing position. Before it
reaches zero, the counter is checked every
204.8ms to see if it has reached the value
to start the dwell period. If this value has
been reached, RB3 goes high and remains
high until the counter reaches zero, at
which point RB3 goes low to fire the plug.
In order to advance or retard the firing
point, instead of setting Timer0 to fire at
the next expected RB0 positive edge we
either fire before this for advance or later
than this for retard. The dwell is also shifted
to start earlier as the timing advances or
later as the timing retards.
We need to make some calculations in
order to set Timer0 to a value that will give
the correct amount of advance or retard
in degrees. As we know, the Timer2 value
provides us with the count between firing pulses. Firing pulses occur twice per
engine revolution for a 4-cylinder 4-stroke
engine and three times per engine revolution for a 6-cylinder 4-stroke. So for a
4-cylinder 4-stroke engine, we divide the
Timer2 count by 180 because plug firings
are 180° apart, with two pulses per 360°
engine revolution. This gives us the count
per degree.
For the 0.5° resolution setting, we divide
by 360 instead of 180 to get the number of
counts per 0.5°. Similarly, for a 6-cylinder
engine, we divide by 120 for the 1° resolution setting because there are three firing
pulses per 360° engine revolution. The
number of degrees of advance or retard
required is then multiplied by the count
per degree value. This is then either added
to the Timer2 value to retard the timing
or subtracted from the Timer2 value to
advance the timing.
Timer0 is then set so that it reaches a
count of zero at this altered Timer2 value.
In this way, RB3 is controlled by Timer0
to set the dwell and fire a plug (when
Timer0 is zero) at the required advance
or retard setting.
Well, that’s basically how the system
works but in practice it’s a bit more complicated that that. In reality, there are two
timers: Timer0 and Timer1. Timer0 is used
to decide when to drive RB3 high (for the
dwell) and low (to fire the plug) between
each of the even-numbered positive edges
from RB0.
By contrast, Timer1 is used to drive
RB3 high and low between each of the
odd-numbered RB0 positive edges.
The reason we need two timers is because one of them might still be in use,
determining when to drive RB3, when the
next positive edge from RB0 occurs. If only
one timer was used, it could not be made
ready for the next firing sequence, as this
would affect the current firing position.
The only alternative is to use two timers,
as described.
Note that the firing point is calculated
from the previous RB0 positive edge and
may not exactly match the current RB0
edge when there is no advance or retard
adjustment. This can happen when the
engine revs are changing.
In this case, we fire the coil when the
RB0 output goes high. In addition, when
the timing is set to retard, the firing point
is recalculated when the next RB0 positive
edge occurs. If the timing is set to advance,
the plug will also be fired at the positive
RB0 edge if it has not already fired.
Another calculation made within the
microcontroller is for the engine RPM
value. This calculation first divides the
Timer2 count value by 16 and the result
is then divided into 93,750/cylinder for a
4-stroke engine. The result is a value for
the number of “100 RPM” increments.
For example, lets assume that Timer2
has a count of 37,500 and we are running
a 4-cylinder engine. The 37,500 is then
divided by 16 to give a result of 2343.
Dividing this value into 93,750/4 gives a
value of 10. This is the number of “100
RPM” increments which in this case is
equivalent to 1000 RPM.
This calculation is correct because
with a Timer2 count of 37,500, the period
between pulses is 30ms because each
count represents 800ns (800ns x 37,500
= 30ms). A 30ms period is 33.333Hz or
2000 pulses per minute. Since the engine
is a 4-cylinder 4-stroke, there are two
pulses per revolution and so the engine
speed is 1000 RPM.
Calculations are also required to convert
the RPM and pressure sensor values to
site values. These calculations are based
on the size of the map selected (11x11 or
15x15) and the minimum and maximum
RPM and load values. Further calculations
perform the interpolations for the advance
and retard values between both the RPM
and load sites.
the idle advance setting may make
the engine hard to start. If necessary,
the cranking timing can be made
independent of the idle timing by
lowering the minimum RPM setting
to below idle but above the cranking
speed. This will set the RPM1 sites
for cranking only. Cranking RPM can
be measured on the DIAG display
during starting.
Both the off-throttle and cruising
settings can generally be advanced
further to improve fuel economy. However, too much off-throttle and cruising advance can produce poor engine
response if extra throttle is suddenly
applied for acceleration.
Any pinging (detonation) problems
at high loads can be solved by reducing the advance. Note that with the
11x11 map, there are 121 individual
adjustments that can be made at the
various RPM and engine LOAD sites.
You will probably not need to alter too
many of these. Just adjust those sites
that need to be changed to eliminate
pinging (reduce the timing value) or
to provide more power under load
(increase the timing value).
In practice, the vehicle can be driven
with the Hand Controller connected if
you wish to fine-tune the adjustments
(get someone else to do the driving).
However, it’s important to note that
the Programmable Ignition will work
best when the Hand Controller is in the
settings mode, as selected using link
LK1 on the Ignition Timing Module.
The microcontroller then does not
spend time updating the LCD module
and this allows its program to be solely
devoted to updating the timing. As a result, any responses to manifold pressure
changes and RPM changes will not be
hampered by display updates.
The Hand Controller can be disconnected when all the settings have been
entered. Note that it should only be
connected or disconnected with the
power to the Ignition Timing Module
SC
switched off.
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 83
Improving stability & adding a serial port
GPS-Based
Frequency Reference:
Circuit Mods & Additions
The short term frequency stability of the
GPS-Based Frequency Reference described
in the March and April issues can be
improved with some circuit changes, as
described here. It’s also quite easy to add an
RS-232C serial output, so the NMEA data
stream from the GPS receiver module can be
fed out to a PC for other purposes.
By JIM ROWE
A
FEW DAYS after the March issue
of SILICON CHIP had been published with the first article describing
the GPS-Based Frequency Reference,
an email arrived from New Zealand
reader Dr Bruce Griffiths advising
that the method used for cascading
the synchronous frequency dividers
IC4, IC5 and IC6 was not the best
way. Correcting this would improve
the divider’s reliability and hence the
short-term frequency stability.
After studying the data, it turned
out that Dr Griffiths was correct. As
a result, I performed some “surgery”
on the prototype reference, changing the divider configuration over to
one which should give more reliable
synchronous division. Then I set it
up again and let it run for a few days,
while I monitored its operation.
Sure enough the short-term stabil-
Fig.1: adding a
serial data output
port to the GPSBased Frequency
Reference is easy.
Here’s how to
do it.
84 Silicon Chip
ity did seem to be better, although not
dramatically so. The benefits were
mainly in terms of reduced jitter in
the “raw” PLL error correction voltage,
before filtering.
New PC board
Now while it’s not too difficult
to change the configuration on the
original PC board by cutting tracks
and soldering in short insulated wires
underneath, I have revised the board
design so that the job will be even
easier if you get a board etched with
the new pattern. These should be
available from board manufacturers
shortly.
The revised divider circuit configuration is shown in Fig.2. The 10MHz
clock signals coming from the crystal
oscillator via buffer IC3c are now fed
directly to the clock inputs (CP pins
2) of IC5 as well as IC4, and also to
the clock inputs of IC6 (pins 1 & 5) via
inverter IC3e. The inverter is needed
because the flipflops in IC6 are negative edge triggered, while IC4 and IC5
are positive edge triggered.
The TC (terminal count) output of
IC4 now feeds into the CET (clock
enable) input of IC5, to ensure more
reliable synchronous count cascading, while the TC output of IC5 is
also fed to the J and K inputs of IC6a
and IC6b (pins 14, 3, 7 & 10) for the
same reason. As a result, the complete
synchronous division process down
to 50kHz should now be significantly
more reliable.
Fig.3 shows how the revised main
PC board is wired for this section of
the circuit. The changes are all at the
front righthand corner of the PC board,
just behind CON1 and CON2.
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: here’s how
to wire the revised
PC board. All the
changes are in the
bottom righthand
corner.
Fig.2: the revised divider circuit
configuration for the GPS-Based
Frequency Reference.
Wiring up the new divider configuration should be very easy if you use
this diagram as a guide, instead of the
corresponding section of the original
overlay diagram. The same diagram
should also help you if you’re maksiliconchip.com.au
ing the change by operating on the
original board.
Want to add a serial port?
A couple of other readers sent
emails asking how easy it would be
to add a serial data output port to the
GPS-Based Frequency Reference, so
that the NMEA data stream coming
from the GPS receiver module could
be fed out to a PC – for synchronising
real-time clocks and other purposes.
As it happens, adding such a port is
very easy. All that’s needed is to mount
a DB9M connector on the rear panel
in a suitable spot (say above CON3
and CON4) and connect it to the main
board via the simple inverting buffer
circuit shown in Fig.1. As you can
see, this involves only two resistors
and one PN100 transistor, so it could
be wired on a postage-stamp sized
piece of matrix board and supported
on the back of the DB9M connector
by the wiring.
There are only three connections
to be made between this serial port
circuit and the main PC board: one
for the ground connection, one for the
+5V line and the third for the buffered
RS-232C GPS receiver’s data stream
available from the output of IC14e
(pin 10). This last signal is also conveniently available via the wire link
on the top of the main board, just to
the rear of IC8 and its 100nF supply
bypass capacitor (one of the two links
just to the front of CON7).
So if you want to add a serial output
port to the Frequency Reference to
make the GPS data stream available for
SC
external use, that’s how to do it.
May 2007 85
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
A look at the Kurrajong Radio Museum
Radio museums can tell us much about our
radio history, as well as preserving many
worthwhile items that would otherwise be
lost. One of the best is at Kurrajong in NSW,
just west of Sydney.
M
USEUMS CAN BE DUSTY, uninteresting places, particularly if
the people running them know little
about the exhibits and the presentation
is poor. But that’s not the case with a
vintage radio museum I recently visited in Kurrajong, NSW. It was run by
an enthusiast named Ian O’Toole and
is one of the best I’ve seen.
How it started
The start of this museum goes back
many years. Ian’s father owned a
newsagency in Newcastle in the 1950s
and 60s and Ian had the job of helping
his father with the magazine returns.
This is a boring job which involves
returning either the front covers or
the headings of magazines and new
spapers for credit on the unsold items.
86 Silicon Chip
However, in 1955 when he was 10
years old, one magazine stood out
– “Radio & Hobbies”, which later became “Radio, TV & Hobbies” and then
“Electronics Australia”. He quickly
became interested in the magazine
and eventually decided to try building some of the projects described. In
fact, I wonder how many other radio
enthusiasts (both hobbyist and professional) got their introduction to the
radio field through “Radio & Hobbies”?
I know I did.
To start off, a semi-complete crystal
set was purchased for ten shillings ($1)
in 1955. And that was to be the start of
a lifetime interest in radio and vintage
radio equipment.
Ian was fortunate to have a mentor
for his radio interests in Bill Munn, a
local primary school teacher. Bill had
an amateur radio licence and in 1967,
Ian also qualified for an amateur’s licence, obtaining the call-sign VK2ZIO
which he still holds. This amateur
radio licence has proved invaluable
over the years, as it has allowed him
to test many of his military radio
transceivers on-air.
After leaving school, Ian qualified as
a primary school teacher and worked
in many locations throughout NSW,
before retiring in 2002 to the Sydney
suburb of Castle Hill. Teaching kept
the wolf from the door and provided
the money for him to indulge his
passion for collecting vintage radios.
It was fortunate that he did because
many of the items in his collection
would now be impossible to obtain.
The Kurrajong site
It is apparent that Ian was bitten by
the collecting bug well before most of
us in the vintage radio field had even
thought about it. By 2002, he had
quite a sizeable collection and had a
“museum of sorts” squeezed into a 5
x 11-metre shed. However, there was
no room to display the equipment – it
was really just in storage.
Determined to have a proper display, Ian began looking for potential
sites and eventually found a property
in a semi-rural environment in Kurrajong which had considerable potential.
It had been an old mushroom farm and
had a large modern shed measuring
about 24.4m long by 9.2m wide, with
walls 6.1m high.
There were also two houses joined
together and a second, older shed
roughly the same size as the new shed.
In addition, there were numerous
other sheds of varying sizes, so this
place really was “shed heaven” – ideal
for the museum. The location wasn’t
too far out in the sticks, being at the
siliconchip.com.au
This section of the museum displays domestic radios from 1927 onwards. Pre-1927 radios are displayed separately.
foothills of the Blue Mountains, which
meant Sydney residents could visit the
museum when it opened.
The height of the new shed wasn’t
a problem, as Ian intended to install a
mezzanine floor. The museum would
then be housed on this upper floor,
while the bottom floor would be used
for storing radios and other material,
and for mechanical restoration work.
However, the museum would not take
up the entire upper floor, as three
rooms would be added to house a
workshop/repair area (for electronics
only), a broadcast studio and a room
devoted to AWA equipment.
Because the block is reasonably
steep, the mezzanine floor entrance
would be at ground level (following
suitable earth works). Once the museum building was nearing completion, a demountable classroom was
brought on site. This was fitted out as
the entrance, toilet block and shop,
with tables and chairs so visitors could
sip coffee or tea and relax.
700 items
Ian now had room to effectively display 700 major items of radio history,
while many other lesser items could
siliconchip.com.au
These World War 2 military radios were built by Astor Radio Corporation in
Melbourne, Victoria.
be stored on the bottom floor, below
the museum.
It took Ian and his wife Patricia
about six weeks and two trailer loads
a day to shift all the items. Those
items intended for the museum were
put into a separate shed and at the
end of six weeks, the doors could
hardly be closed! The equipment was
then gradually sorted and eventually
May 2007 87
This is the radio station salvaged from the North Korean “drug ship” Pong Su.
The ship was used subsequently by the RAAF for target practice.
Over a period of many months,
Ian set up the equipment and displays, along with yellow information
cards. Antennas were vitally important too, otherwise on-air displays
would be a dismal failure. Ian installed antennas to cover various frequency ranges, along with broadband
amplifiers to provide enough signal
for most of the receivers.
The accompanying photographs
show the wide variety of equipment
on display. One area of particular
interest is the Morse code training
area, where people can try their hand
at Morse code. The 12 listening posts
are also interesting. These provide
aural history lessons via pre-recorded
information on CDs as follows:
• Old radio serial introductions.
• Old radio advertisements.
• A radio history channel.
• Morse recorded off air (this
goes to the two Morse training
positions).
• A time and frequency channel
(time signals from WWVH,
Hawaii).
• An aircraft channel – where
aircraft flying the Pacific can be
heard.
A
• School of the Air channel
– listen to lessons as they
happened.
• A maritime channel – weather
forecasts for shipping.
• An international broadcast
channel featuring the 1950s &
1960s.
Radio
amateurs talking about
•
radio restorations.
• Amateur Radio NSW weekly
broadcast
The
VKS737 Outback Radio
•
channel – hear travellers in
outback Australia.
Opening day
This section of the museum houses a selection of World War 2 era “walkie
talkies” and backpack radios.
brought back for assembly in the museum building.
According to Ian, this process took
them around three years from start to
finish and they received lots of valuable help from some very good amateur
radio friends.
Laying it out
Once the museum shell was finished, everything had to be laid out in
88 Silicon Chip
a logical fashion. This also involved
carefully planning the electrical wiring, as well as the many cables that
would be necessary to connect antennas and audio lines, etc.
Ian’s career as a primary school
teacher proved invaluable in the
design of the museum. As well as displaying lots of interesting equipment,
it had to tell a story and be of interest
to all ages.
It’s all very well to have a first-class
museum but if no-one knows about it
there will be no visitors. Fortunately,
Ian is a bit of a PR man and had been
extolling the virtues of his new museum for some time, particularly to
amateur radio operators and to members of the Historical Radio Society
of Australia (HRSA), to name but a
few groups.
It is always a smart move to get a
well-known dignitary to open such
a facility and Ian engaged the local
Mayor of Hawkesbury City Council,
Bart Basset, to do the honours. Bart is
siliconchip.com.au
a helicopter pilot and had a particular
interest in the operational aviation
radios on the day.
The opening ceremony was held
on Saturday 27th May 2006, with the
museum officially opening to the public on Sunday 4th June 2006. Working
closely with the council was important
as they are able to help publicise the
museum through their tourist information centre.
The Pong Su
So who or what was the “Pong Su”?
Well, as you may remember, the Pong
Su was a 3743-tonne North Korean
freighter that was observed anchored
in Australian waters off Lorne, Victoria on the night of April 15, 2003.
Australian Federal Police observed
the vessel and followed two suspects
who appeared to have come from the
ship. They were apprehended and
found with 50kg of heroin in their
possession.
Ultimately, a total of 125kg of heroin
was found and Australian authorities
ordered the ship into harbour. The
ship then endeavoured to escape
into international waters and a 4-day
chase ensued. It ended when Australian Army Special Operations Forces
boarded the ship from a helicopter
and seized control.
The ship was subsequently brought
into Sydney harbour and the crew arrested. After all the legal action had
been taken, the ship was stripped,
towed out to sea and sunk by RAAF
F-111 aircraft on 23rd March 2006.
So what has this to do with Ian’s
museum? Quite a bit actually! Ian was
able to secure the radio station from
the Pong Su and it now forms the biggest single display in the museum. Not
many people have the opportunity to
see the radio station from a large ship,
as they are normally out of bounds to
passengers.
This particular radio station was
manufactured by the Japanese company Anritsu in 1980. It weighs close
to 800kg and can basically be divided
into two sections. The lefthand side
contains the mandatory emergency
equipment and is capable of being
powered by the ship’s 24V batteries.
This equipment includes an emergency transmitter and a receiver for
low-power communication on the MF
and HF marine bands, along with a
500kHz Auto Alarm receiver.
The righthand side of the station
siliconchip.com.au
Rack alley – an impressive collection of the equipment used by radio stations.
This history board has lots of information on the era preceding 1930, together
with scrapbooks containing press clippings on radio station 2WS (1224kHz).
contains the main receiver and transmitter. These were powered from the
ship’s supply, with 100V AC for the
receiver and transmitter frequency
synthesiser and 440V AC 3-phase for
the power amplifier. The latter uses a
pair of 4CX250Bs as the output valves
and these deliver 500W CW (Morse)
on MF and HF.
Ian could find no indication that
the transmitter was used on any mode
other than CW (HF) and MCW (MF).
He says there is a lot of circuitry in the
frequency synthesiser so there may be
provision for SSB, although it certainly
hasn’t been utilised in this particular
installation.
Both receivers are operational and
cover 100kHz to 34MHz. The transmitters cover the 400-515kHz, 2MHz,
4MHz, 6MHz, 8MHz, 12MHz, 16MHz,
22MHz & 25MHz marine bands.
Unfortunately, the VHF (156MHz)
and radio direction finding (DF) equipMay 2007 89
Vintage cars visiting vintage radios at the Kurrajong Radio Museum.
Ian O’Toole taking delivery of the
1961 AWA 500W transmitters for his
museum.
ment had “disappeared” before Ian
obtained the station. However, he does
have the ship’s PA system, which has
its own tuner and tape recorder, plus
a cassette with a CW practice session
(the ship’s engines can be heard running in the background).
A quick tour
So much for the specialist areas.
Let’s now take a quick look at the rest
of the museum.
First, there is a 1940 Palmavox
Console Radio, which plays the Argonaut’s theme. Then there’s the 1926
crystal set, which astounds people
with its quality. There are also many
reel-to-reel tape recorders ready to be
demonstrated, along with cartridge
machines and cassette players.
The working radio studio control
room is quite an experience; there are
10 display boards illustrating radio
history from the very beginning until
the end of WW2; there’s a special room
for the AWA Company and it’s products; there is a 12-minute video “AWA
and the War”; there are operational
teleprinters; and there is a long wall
of armed service/professional radios.
A special display shows the history of domestic radios. There is also
a display of WW2 spy radios (I’d be
particularly interested in these). In
AWA CR6 & Kingsley AR7 HF aviation receivers.
90 Silicon Chip
short, there is a vast array of radio
equipment on display and it continues to grow.
The shop
The shop not only provides light
refreshments to visiting groups (by
arrangement) but also sells DVDs, CDs
and some books. There are also some
small curios, including FT243 crystal
cases and metal 6H6 valves mounted
on wooden bases.
Where is it?
The Kurrajong Radio Museum is
located at 842 Bell’s Line of Road,
Kurrajong Hills, 2758. If you are approaching from Sydney, you will have
to cross the Hawkesbury River at North
Scouts tune in at the listening booths.
siliconchip.com.au
Photo Gallery: Gladiola 1932 TRF Receiver
THE GLADIOLA COMPANY OF ADELAIDE was one of Australia’s smaller
radio manufacturers. The set shown here is a 3-valve TRF receiver and was
manufactured in 1932. It was housed in an upright wooden cabinet and used
the following valve types: 57 detector, 2A5 audio output and 80 rectifier.
Photo: Historical Radio Society of Australia, Inc.
Richmond. As you come off the bridge
the museum is 8.42km ahead on the
righthand side of the road, between
Kurrajong and Kurrajong Heights (look
for the Kurrajong Radio Museum signs
on the property).
If you want more precise instructions, visit their web page at www.
vk2bv.org/museum/ or just enter “Kurrajong Radio Museum” into the Google
search engine. The museum is usually
open on Saturdays and Sundays from
10am to 5pm and at other times by
special arrangement. The cost is $10
per adult and $5 per child.
Summary
The Kurrajong Radio Museum does
an excellent job when it comes to
displaying and preserving many imsiliconchip.com.au
portant aspects of our vintage radio
heritage.
However, Ian is always on the lookout for more items that may be suitable for the museum. In fact, he has
just recently obtained two broadcastband 500W transmitters (circa 1961)
and these are shown together in one
of the photos, loaded onto his trailer
before transport to the museum. He
only needs a large antenna to go with
them and he will have a complete
broadcasting station!
In short, Ian and Patricia O’Toole’s
museum is a welcome addition to the
local Hawkesbury area as a tourist
attraction and an educational facility.
It’s much more than just a collection
of old radios and is well worth seeing
SC
and supporting.
May 2007 91
Throttle Interface For The
DC Motor Speed Controller
Words by Leo Simpson
Design by Branko Justic*
*Oatley Electronics
Last month, we presented the High-Power Reversible DC Motor
Speed Controller. Here is a companion controller which works
with a motorcycle-style throttle control. It also features a forward/
reverse switch to control the motor direction.
L
AST MONTH’S DC Motor Speed
Controller was designed to work
from a joystick or a potentiometer
that is normally centred. This has the
virtue of simplicity but having the
motor speed and direction under the
control of a single potentiometer can
be a problem in some applications.
Therefore, this companion design was
produced to allow a potentiometer to
control only the motor speed while
the motor direction is controlled by a
forward/reverse toggle switch.
Furthermore, the potentiometer can
be substituted with a spring-loaded
motorcycle-style throttle control which
could be just the ideal solution for
applications like electric scooters,
Go-karts, etc. This throttle control
92 Silicon Chip
is shown in the photographs in this
article.
The motorcycle-style throttle is
based on a magnet and a Hall-effect
IC to derive a control voltage. The
more you rotate the throttle against its
spring tension, the higher the control
voltage fed to the input of the Throttle
Interface circuit.
Circuit details
In effect, the interface circuit emulates the effect of the 10kW speed control pot used in last month’s circuit.
The DC voltage from the wiper of that
10kW speed pot determines the motor
speed and direction. When the potentiometer is centred, the wiper voltage
is +4.4V; when set for the maximum
forward speed, this voltage is +6.4V
and when set for maximum reverse
speed it is +2V.
In order for the motor to go in the
forward direction only, the control
voltage range must be from +4.2V
(motor stationary) to +6.4V (maximum
speed). Similarly, for the reverse direction, the control voltage has to vary
from +4.2V (stationary) to +2V for
maximum speed. Therefore, the voltage range needed in both directions is
around 2.2V. So the Throttle Interface
circuit of Fig.1 has to produce this
voltage range.
In essence, the circuit of Fig.1 uses
two op amps as a voltage level translator and some CMOS analog gates to
provide the forward-reverse function.
siliconchip.com.au
This Hall-effect throttle works just like the spring-loaded throttle on a
motorcycle. It’s ideal for use on electric scooters and Go-karts, etc.
Let’s have a look at how it works.
Consider a 10kW potentiometer connected to the input of the circuit so
that its wiper is point C. If the potentiometer (or the alternative Hall-effect
throttle control) is rotated over its full
range, the voltage at the C input can
vary between +1.6V and +6.8V. The
attenuator comprising the 56kW and
68kW resistors reduces this range to
between +0.65V and +2.8V. This is
almost exactly the required control
voltage range of around 2.2V.
This voltage is fed to op amp IC1a
which is connected as a unity gain
buffer (ie, the input and output voltages will be the same). So its output
range will still be between +0.65V
and +2.8V.
Transistor Q1, in conjunction with
diodes D1 & D2, is connected as a
constant current source with delivers 3mA into the output of IC1a via
a 1.2kW resistor (a buffer can act as a
sink or a source and in this case we
are forcing IC1a to “swallow” 3mA
while maintaining a constant output
voltage). The result is that the output
voltage range at the collector of Q1 is
exactly 3.6V above the voltage at pin 1
of IC1a. And guess what? That means
the voltage range at the collector of Q1
will be between +4.25V and +6.4V.
This is exactly the voltage range of
Fig.1: this is the interface circuit for the Hall-effect throttle. Op amps IC1a & IC1b provide voltage level translation,
while CMOS gates IC2a-IC2d provide the necessary switching for the forward-reverse function.
siliconchip.com.au
May 2007 93
Parts List
1 PC board, code K244, 50 x
67mm
2 2-way 5mm screw terminal
blocks
2 3-way 5mm screw terminal
blocks
1 20kW trimpot (VR1)
1 100W trimpot (VR2)
Semiconductors
1 M5223P low-voltage dual op
amp (IC1)
1 4066 quad analog switch (IC2)
1 C8550 PNP transistor
2 1N4148 signal diodes (D1, D2)
1 3mm green LED (LED1)
Fig.2: follow this parts layout to build the PC board. Make sure that all
polarised parts are correctly oriented (ie, the ICs, diodes, Q1, LED1 and
the electrolytic capacitors).
Capacitors
2 10mF 35V PC electrolytic
2 15nF (.015mF) ceramic or metallised polyester (greencap)
Resistors (0.25W, 1% or 5%)
2 100kW
1 1.8kW
4 56kW
1 1.2kW
2 39kW
2 1kW
1 22kW
1 120W
1 2.7kW
Kit availability
This Throttle Interface project was
produced by Oatley Electronics
who own the design copyright. Kits
(Cat. K244) can be purchased from
Oatley Electronics Pty Ltd, PO Box
89, Oatley, NSW 2223.
The kit includes the PC board and
all on-board components only.The
Hall-effect throttle (Cat.Throt2)
can be purchased separately from
Oatley Electronics. See their website at:
http://www.oatleyelectronics.com
This full-size view shows the fully-assembled PC board. Refer to the wiring
diagram (Fig.3) for the external wiring connections.
the speed control pot in last month’s
circuit. So that’s the forward control
voltage range provided for.
What about the reverse control voltage range? This is provided by op amp
IC1b which is configured as a unity
gain inverting buffer with a reference
voltage of +4.4V connected to its noninverting input (pin 5). By inverting
the voltage appearing at the collector
of Q1, it produces the required reverse
control range of +4.4V to +2V.
Now that we have the required voltage ranges for forward and reverse motor control of last month’s circuit, we
only need some CMOS gates to select
the correct output from the collector of
Q1 or the output of IC1b. This function
is provided by the analog gates in IC2,
under the control of switch S1. This
works as follows.
First, consider that switch S1 is
open. This allows the control inputs of
IC2a, IC2b & IC2c to be pulled “high”
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
No.
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
94 Silicon Chip
Value
100kW
56kW
39kW
22kW
2.7kW
1.8kW
1.2kW
1kW
120W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black yellow brown
green blue orange brown
orange white orange brown
red red orange brown
red violet red brown
brown grey red brown
brown red red brown
brown black red brown
brown red brown brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black orange brown
green blue black red brown
orange white black red brown
red red black red brown
red violet black brown brown
brown grey black brown brown
brown red black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown red black black brown
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: the interface board connects between the Hall-effect
throttle and the DC Motor Speed Controller board as shown
here. Alternatively, you can use a 10kW pot instead of the
Hall-effect throttle.
by the associated 100kW resistor and do the job of the 10kW speed potentherefore all these switches are “on”. tiometer from last month’s circuit.
IC2b lights LED1, indicating a forward Well, that’s not quite right because we
direction. The voltage at pin 2 of IC2a wanted to change the function but you
is “low” and therefore switch IC2d is now have the picture.
“off”. Since IC2c is “on”, the forward
The only wrinkle to be added is
control voltage from the collector of that the low output voltage required
Q1 is applied to output terminal C2 from IC1a (ie, +0.65V or less) means
via the 56kW resistor. The time delay that an ordinary dual op amp would
provided by the 56kW and the 10mF not do the job. Instead, an M5223P
capacitor is included to prevent any low-voltage dual op amp is specified
sudden changes in speed.
for this task.
If switch S2 is now closed (ie, terminal D2 is grounded), the control Construction
inputs of IC2a, IC2b & IC2c are pulled
All the components for the Throtlow, switching those gates off and tle Interface, with the exception of
IC2d “on”. This connects the revers- the Throttle Control itself (or 10kW
ing voltage from the output of IC1b potentiometer VR3) and switch S1,
to output C2 via the abovementioned are mounted on a PC board measuring
56kW resistor.
50 x 67mm. The component overlay is
So there you are. That’s how to use shown in Fig.2.
RF_SiliconChip_60x181mm.qxd 30/3/07 2:12 PM Page 1
two
op amps and four CMOS gates to
It is easiest to fit the components to
the PC board in order of height. Start
with signal diodes D1 & D2 and finish with the electrolytic capacitors,
soldering and trimming the leads of
each component as you go. Make sure
the ICs and electrolytic capacitors go
in the right way around.
Testing & adjusting
Before you can check the operation
of the Throttle Interface, you need to
have assembled and checked the operation of the DC Motor Speed Controller presented last month. In particular,
you should connect it as shown last
month, with a 10kW potentiometer
connected to the B, C & D terminals
of the PC board.
You also need to check that +8V is
available at the output terminal on the
main PC board.
With those checks verified, you can
ELECTRO CHEMICALS
Chemical Technology
siliconchip.com.au
• Dust Off • Freezing Spray • Electronic Cleaning Solvent No. 1
• Electronic Circuit Board Cleaner • Electrical Contact Cleaner Lubricant
• Video Head Cleaner • Ultrasonic Bath Cleaner • Isopropyl Alcohol
• Protek • Contact Treatment Grease • Contact Treatment Oil
• Solvent Diluted Oil • Contact Cleaning Strip • Circuit Board Lacquer
• Q43 – Silicon Grease Compound • Heat Sink Compound
Contact us to find your nearest distributor:
sales<at>rfoot.com.au Tel: 02 9979 8311 Fax: 02 9979 8098
Richard Foot Pty Ltd, 14/2 Apollo Street,Warriewood NSW 2102
May 2007 95
Switchmode H-bridge:
How It Works
As noted last month, the DC Motor
Speed Controller relies on a switchmode H-bridge employing four Mosfets. The relevant part of the circuit is
shown in Fig.4.
Only two Mosfets are turned on at
any one time. For example, to drive
the motor in the forward direction,
Q7 & Q6 would be “on” while Q5 &
Q8 would be “off”. Similarly, to drive
the motor in the reverse direction, Q5
& Q8 would be “on” while Q7 & Q6
would be “off”.
Furthermore, to turn on the upper
Mosfets (ie, Q5 or Q7), a much higher
gate voltage is required, as explained
last month. This is demonstrated in
the accompanying scope screen
shots. For example, Scope 1 shows
the gate voltage signals needed to
turn on Q5 & Q8 while keeping Q7
& Q6 “off”.
The higher amplitude yellow trace
is the gate signal to Q5 and the lower
amplitude blue trace is the gate signal
to Q8. The purple trace and hidden
green trace are the 0V gate signals
to Q6 & Q8, keeping them “off”.
Scope 2 shows the gate signals
for reverse operation, where Q7 &
Fig.4: the switchmode H-bridge output stage of the DC Motor Speed Controller
employs four power Mosfets but only two are turned on at any one time. Q7
& Q6 are turned on to drive the motor in one direction, while Q5 & Q8 are
turned on to drive the motor in the other direction.
Q6 are “on”. The higher amplitude
purple trace is the gate signal to Q7
and the lower amplitude green trace
in the gate signal to Q6.
The yellow and hidden blue traces
SCOPE 1
connect the Throttle Interface board
to the main PC board, as shown in
Fig.3.
If you use a “Hall-effect” throttle
(from Oatley Electronics), it has to
be connected to the “T1”, “T2” &
“C” terminals. If you use a standard
96 Silicon Chip
show the 0V gate signals to Q5 &
Q8, keeping them off. In both scope
screen shots the duty cycle of the gate
signals is about 60%, corresponding
to about half-speed operation.
SCOPE 2
potentiometer, it has to be connected
to the “P1”, “P2” & “C” terminals. Do
not connect both the 10kW pot and the
Hall Effect throttle.
A motor should be connected, to
check overall operation. First, adjust
VR1 so that the motor stops when the
throttle (or pot.) is at its minimum
speed setting and the switch is set for
the Forward direction. That done, adjust VR2 so that the motor stops when
the throttle (or pot.) is at its minimum
speed setting and the switch is set for
SC
the Reverse direction.
siliconchip.com.au
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Upgrading the SC480
amplifier module
I built a couple of SC480 amplifiers
a couple of years ago and they are still
going strong and have never given any
problems. However, I am an incurable
tinkerer and wish to upgrade the output power transistors.
I heard a report from someone who
used MJL15024/15025s with very good
results, however I built the “plastic”
version so I would need something
with a TO-218 case. Also you mentioned MJL21193/4 and MJL1302A &
MJL3281A in the original article. Can
you recommend a particular transistor
pair as a suitable starting point?
I know the measured performance
of the stock amplifier is fantastic but I
want to try a few tweaks. After all, that
is the fun of DIY! Do you have a view
on changing the quiescent current? (K.
W., Newport, Vic).
• The only transistors we would
suggest for an upgrade would be
MJ21193/4. Leave the quiescent current at the specified setting.
Old EA frequency
reference kit wanted
I’m after a pre-loved EA kit and that’s
the Low-Cost TV-Derived Frequency
Reference, published in Electronics
Australia in the October & November
1993 issues, by Jim Rowe. The kit’s PC
board number is 93TVF8.
Ideally, I’d prefer a working unit
in its case but a “dead-un” would be
considered. It’s part of my excursion
into high-precision and digital HF and
VHF transmission techniques. It’s a
strange world looking at millihertz
stabilities of TV carriers and E-layer
ionospheric Doppler shifts.
Could any readers please let me
know the pickup suburb/state and
asking price on 0411 232 734. (C. S.,
Beacon Hill, NSW).
Modification to PIR
sensor lights
I have a surveillance system at
home. One of the features of this system is reliant on a sensor light and a
relay that starts my video recorder.
This works well until we get a momentary power failure. Most sensor
lights have a feature that allows you
to momentarily switch the power off
and on so as to leave the light on. To
return to sensor light mode, you have
to switch off for about 20 seconds, then
switch back on.
Is there a chance that one of your
boffins could devise a circuit to allow
the sensor light to return to sensor light
status after a momentary power interruption? I would envisage an override
switch if you wish to have the sensor
light work normally. In addition to my
needs, this would save people coming
back from holidays and finding that the
day they left on their 6-month journey,
the power glitched and they’ve paid
a bigger electricity bill than otherwise
and contributed to global warming.
It’s the simple things like this
that drive me to buy and read your
magazine and I hope that this could
“spark” an article for me to build. (N.
O., Moruya, NSW).
• That is an interesting suggestion
but it would not be easy to implement.
As you point out, these sensor lights
do have a drawback with momentary
power interruption. A more practical
solution is to use a separate PIR sensor with relay output to switch the
security light.
Smart card reader
is mute
I purchased and built the Smart Card
Reader/Programmer project from the
July 2003 issue of SILICON CHIP but it
does not work. The unit powers up
and has both LEDs lit until Windows
loads. Then the red LED goes out and
the unit will not work.
I have tried it on three different
computers with Windows 98, Me &
XP loaded and used several different
COM port cables, all to no avail. The
several card writer programs cannot
Remote Control Extender Does Not Work With Foxtel
I have been using a Remote Control Extender as published in SILICON CHIP, October 2006. Recently, I
upgraded my Optus analog TV to
digital (using Foxtel equipment).
Initially, they installed a standard
digital set-top box as the IQ boxes
were out of stock. Immediately, the
remote control barely worked via
the extender, with maybe one trigger
for every 10-20 presses. As soon as
they swapped the box over to the
IQ, the extender stopped working
siliconchip.com.au
altogether, with not even a flicker
from the receive confirm LED.
I have done a few tests on my
Tektronix scope and found that the
original analog remote carrier was
on about 38.17kHz. The new digital
remote is carried on almost exactly
36kHz. Is there any way to modify
the circuit to allow for the 36kHz
carrier frequency without losing the
38kHz ability? (S. T., via email).
• The carrier frequency can only
be set to one value at a time and so
the Remote Control Extender may
not work with both 36kHz and
38kHz remotes at the same time
without readjusting the carrier adjust trimpot VR1. You may be able
to compromise with the adjustment
so both remotes (with 36kHz and
38kHz carriers) work by setting
the carrier between the 36kHz and
38kHz frequencies (eg, to 37kHz).
Ideally, however, you need two
Remote Control Extenders to cover
both carrier frequencies.
May 2007 97
Regulated Power Supply For Amplifiers Wanted
I would like to suggest a regulated
split rail power supply project for
audio amplifiers. The design should
have an adjustable voltage of as
wide a range as possible but should
be able to go up to ±37V and at least
3A of current.
There are many audio amplifier
designs which I would imagine
could benefit from the addition of a
quality regulated supply, especially
those with a high continuous current draw (such as class-A designs).
The main reason I want a regulated
supply is to get that extra bit of
quality from the amplifier – to lower
distortion. I would have thought
that it would be impossible for any
amplifier to have zero distortion
(theoretically) unless the supply
had a constant unvarying voltage.
The design should be able to be
used for amplifiers in the small to
mid-power range (say up to 60W)
and perhaps the design could allow
work unless the card writer works.
Can you give me some advice as to
how to get the unit working please? G.
E., via email).
• First up, note that you need a “pinto-pin” serial cable for connection to a
free 9-pin serial port on your PC.
Also, you mention that the project
did not work with “several card writer
programs”. We have no knowledge
of the project’s use with any card
writer programs other than the one
described in the original article. This
was IC-Prog, available from www.
ic-prog.com
To test your completed project, use
IC-Prog and follow the steps exactly
as given in the instructions. In our
experience, the most common problem
is a fault in the gold card rather than
in the project.
Class-D amplifiers
get hot
Recently I was in the market for a
modest home theatre amplifier to replace my Panasonic SA-HT70 which is
rather large and clunky, has an inbuilt
and unhackable DVD player, and lacks
any auxiliary input for the internal
surround decoder circuitry.
98 Silicon Chip
for a variable number of pass transistors to allow the current capacity
to scale with the intended use. (P.
T., via email).
• We have already designed a
dual-rail fully regulated supply for
amplifiers, in the August 1998 issue. It was used to power the 15W
Class-A Stereo Amplifier.
As published, it delivered ±20V
but it could be made adjustable,
depending on the transformer input
voltage. However, we do not regard
such a power supply as providing
any advantage for most class-B
amplifier designs.
For a start, typical class B amplifiers have a PSRR (power supply
rejection ratio) of 100dB or more,
over a wide frequency range. This
means that the supply rails can
have quite large fluctuations with
negligible effect on the amplifier’s
waveform and distortion performance. There is also no advantage
I was interested in a couple of very
low-profile and fully-featured JVC
models and searched the web for
reviews. Apart from some negative
comments about their automatic setup features, the most common thread
was the large amount of heat they
produce, even when idling! That put
me right off the products.
While browsing in K-Mart one day
I came upon a Sansui SAN0310 amplifier complete with five surround
speakers and a subwoofer for the
princely sum of $129.00! “Can’t go
wrong at that price”, I thought, and
made my purchase.
I left the original Panasonic speakers in place and connected the new
amplifier, taking immediate advantage
of the coaxial and optical inputs. The
Sansui amplifier gives a good account
of itself as far as sound level goes
but the lack of tone controls and the
most bizarre “DSP” reverb effects I
have ever heard (why would anyone
listen to a movie in a mineshaft full of
cotton-wool or in an empty cathedral?)
make me sad when I think back to the
excellent Sansui hifi gear of the 1970s
and 1980s.
Anyway, you do get what you pay
for, so I’m not complaining about that.
in terms of residual hum and noise
from the amplifier itself. Provided
the supply voltage does not droop
so low that the amplifier is pushed
into clipping, the fluctuations will
have negligible effect. Amplifier
designers have been depending on
this factor for decades.
In fact, there is a disadvantage in
terms of power output. Any normal
class B amplifier will have considerably higher music power output
than its continuous power output
(the ratio is referred to as “dynamic
headroom”) if it is used with an
unregulated power supply. That is
why all commercial amplifiers do
not have regulated supplies.
Making the supply adjustable to
cover a range of output voltages also
presents a difficulty because if the
supply is to have a big difference
between the input and output DC
voltages, it will need big heatsinks
to dissipate the waste heat.
What I do find objectionable is the
large amount of heat the Sansui amplifier (and apparently the JVC class-D
units) produce all the time. Even when
‘Off’ it gets quite hot, too hot for any
gear sitting on top of it.
When the unit is turned off by the IR
remote, the power LED blinks slowly
– just what you need in front of your
face when you’re not using it. There
is a power switch on the front panel
which disconnects the power but unfortunately all your settings for delay,
etc are lost when you power off this
way. This Sansui amplifier will not
have a long career in my set-up but
will suffice for the time being.
I have not studied class-D much but I
assume that the heat is being produced
by the switchmode power supply, the
class-D switching transistors and the
low-pass filters in the six power amplifiers. How can it be claimed that
class-D is 80% or so efficient when
it wastes power so freely? This is an
outrage in these times when we should
be conserving energy.
I’d be most interested to hear your
views on this topic. (J. R., via email).
• If your amplifier is 80% efficient
at full output, that means that around
40W will be dissipated in the case
siliconchip.com.au
Connecting PIR Sensors To An Alarm
I am a year-12 student at Ulladulla
High School doing electronics and I
am about to start my major project.
It is going to be the PC-Controlled
Burglar Alarm from the February
2006 issue of SILICON CHIP.
I have a problem with the PIRs for
the sensors. They have a positive,
negative and two alarm terminals.
By contrast, the PC board in your
magazine has positive, negative and
one terminal for the alarm signal.
Does this mean that I put the two
leads out of the PIR into the one
on the board or do I need different
PIRs? (N. P., Ulladulla, NSW).
• Many sensors have four terminals. Two terminals provide power
when everything is going flat chat. But
at idle, you could well have 15-20W
being dissipated in the case and if there
are no conventional heatsinks on the
outside or an internal fan, that means
that it will become pretty warm.
However, there does not seem to be
any good reason why the unit should
still get hot when it is in standby
mode. It may be that the power supply
it quite simple and does not have a
low-power rail to run the micro when
it is “asleep”.
Speed controller
for a Go-Kart
I have built an electric Go-Kart for
my two young boys. It is powered by
two 24V 300W motors, one driving
each rear wheel via a 2-stage chain
reduction with the overall ratio chosen
to limit top speed to about 12km/h.
In use, the motors easily reach their
rated RPM even with an adult aboard,
do not blow the 40A supply fuse and
are not overly warm even after 30 minutes or so of use. So I am satisfied that
the motors are working well within
their ratings.
The speed controller used was
originally constructed many years
ago using a combination of ideas from
various “Electronics Australia” and
SILICON CHIP train controllers. The
controller was originally used with a
much smaller motor, with only three
FETs, and was actually only used a
few times.
siliconchip.com.au
for the sensor’s internal circuits and
are often marked “+” (positive) and
“-” (negative). These two terminals
connect to the “+12V” and “GND”
outputs on the alarm board.
The second two terminals provide
“normally open” (NO) and “normally closed” (NC) outputs. Only one of
these must be connected and it’s not
important which one you choose.
As described in the article, the NO
or NC output of the sensor connects
to one of the “ZONE” inputs on the
alarm board.
When running the alarm software, be sure to select “N/O” or
“N/C” in the “Configuration” panel
to match the sensor wiring.
When the controller was modified
to suit the current application, the
output stage was revised to include
a 4093 and eight FETs. The FETs are
mounted as two groups of four on
two separate heatsinks but drive both
motors connected in parallel. Reverse
is provided via a heavy-duty relay.
The idea of using the 4093 and eight
FETs was based on information gained
from reading some recent articles in
SILICON CHIP.
The Go-Kart has been used many
times over the last three or four months
and is a “hit” with the boys but on two
recent occasions the speed controller
has failed. On both occasions, it is the
output(s) from the 4093 driving the
FET gates that has failed. The FETs test
OK and no other components appear
to have suffered.
As the same failure has occurred
twice, I suspect that I have a design
problem. The latest failure occurred on
a fairly hot day so the problem may be
temperature related. Can you suggest
a fix? (A. C, Boronia Vic).
• As far as the circuit is concerned
you are correct in saying the 4093
outputs are being overloaded. The
outputs could be damaged in several
ways. Firstly, the transient current
required to drive four FET gates at the
same time would be quite high.
The second and the most likely
cause of the damage is that the switching transients at the FET drains can
be coupled back to the gates (capacitively) to cause 4093 output damage.
Want a real speed
controller kit?
If you need to control
12 or 24 volt DC
motors and
want a
speed
controller
that will easily
handle 30 amps,
then this is the kit for you.
This controller allows you to vary the
speed of DC motors from 0 to 100%. It
is also ideal for controlling loads such
as incandescent/halogen lamps and
heating elements.
This kit makes a great controller for
use on small electric vehicle projects,
such as electrically assisted bikes and
go-carts. We have tested it to over 30
amps without problems—it barely gets
warm! Item code: SPEEDCON.
We also have solar maximiser kits,
Luxeon LEDs, and lots of interesting
products and publications.
Go to shop.ata.org.au or call
us on (03)9639 1500.
May 2007 99
Converting A TV To An Oscilloscope
Have you ever designed a project
that converts a miniature or portable
B&W TV into an oscilloscope? It
doesn’t have to be fancy but just has
to have some accuracy. Would this
be possible? (K. S., Adelaide, SA).
• A TV CRO Adaptor was published by “Electronics Australia”
in the May 1980 issue. This is only
good for audio signals up to about
20kHz or so and is not calibrated.
These days, a much more practical approach would be to use
our sound card interface for PCs
together with software available
over the internet to give a much
better instrument. Two articles on
this subject were published in the
August 2002 issue of SILICON CHIP,
together with a follow-up Circuit
Notebook modification in May
2003.
By the way, Dick Smith Electronics has a 10MHz single-channel
oscilloscope (Cat. Q1803) available
for just $128.00
Thirdly, the gates of each FET are
not isolated using 10W resistors (one
resistor should be in each gate); the
FETs tend to oscillate at switch-on
without them.
As a minimum, we would recommend 10W gate resistors for each FET
and a 12V zener diode between each
gate and ground to clamp voltages
above 12V. Further reliability would
be gained by using the 4093 outputs
to drive a complementary transistor
buffer comprising a BC337 and BC327.
The NPN BC337 transistor would
have its collector to +12V and the
PNP BC327 transistor would have its
collector to 0V (ground).
Serial I/O Controller &
Analog Sampler
Car radio
noise cure
I noticed the letter asking for help
with AM car radio noise in “Ask
SILICON CHIP”, January 2007. The usual
cause for this is due to poor earthing
to the car body at the antenna. ( D. A.,
via email).
I want to use the Serial I/O Con
troller & Analog Sampler featured in
November 2005 to monitor and control
the charge/discharge of some large
batteries, a total of 48VDC at 700A.
I want to monitor both temperature
and voltage and switch the load and
the charger during daylight and at
night. To do this, I need to be able to
locate the temperature sensor and LDR
remotely. Is this OK or will long leads
(up to five metres) cause a problem?
Also, what do I need to do to monitor up to 52V DC at the analog input
port (normally 25V DC max)? Do I use
a voltage divider? I assume software
changes would be required in the
Windows program as well but what
about the PIC code? (K. K., via email).
• You should be able to mount the
LDR remotely if you use shielded cable
for the connection. Miniature 2-core
microphone cable would be suitable.
Wire the cable shield to ground. A
Notes & Errata
Programmable Ignition System
For Cars Pt.2, April 2007: there
are several corrections to the
parts overlays and parts list as
follows.
(1) the 4.7kW resistor shown to
the right of REG1 in Figs.8-13
should be 47kW.
(2) the 10kW resistor shown immediately to the right of VR1 in
Fig.10 should be 47kW.
(3) the resistor immediately to
the right of Q4 in Figs.8-13 is
47kW.
(4) the parts list should show 3 x
100nF MKT polyester capacitors
(not 1). A 10mF 16V PC electrolytic capacitor should also be
added to the list.
1kW resistor in series with pin 3 of the
microcontroller will help to protect it
in the event of static discharge to the
long cable run.
The second analog input can be
modified to accept 52V as follows:
(1). replace the 330kW resistor with
110kW.
(2). replace the 100kW trimpot (VR1)
with a 2kW unit.
(3). Break the track between VR1 &
LED4 (the ground connection) and
insert an 11kW resistor in series with
the pot.
The above changes will give an
input range of about 49V-59V.
You will need to modify the Windows software to get the correct reading. The source code for the software
is written in VB5. The PIC firmware
should not require modification. SC
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any
liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue
of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
100 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $27.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 80 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $49.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post to Silicon Chip
Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _________________________________________________________
Street _________________________________________________________
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
FOR SALE
More control solutions for you:
NEW Radio Modules: Zigbee Radio
Modem 1km, Bluetooth Serial Modem
100m.
NEW Ethernet Modules: Ethernet to
RS232/RS422/RS485 1, 2, 4 & 8-port
Modules.
NEW Protocol Gateways: Lonworks
to Modbus, Profibus to Modbus, Can
(J1939) to Modbus, AB-DF1 to Modbus,
Hart to Modbus and more.
NEW M325 Microstepping Bipolar Stepper Driver only $99.
NEW 500oz-in plus Stepper Motor:
may not be the fastest motor on the
block but it has real grunt.
NEW USB 8 Relay and 4 isolated input
card.
NEW 20-Amp DC Motor Speed Con
troller.
Low Cost Dual DC Amplifier Kit:
per
fect for Data Acquisition. Amplify
signals from 1.5 to 10 or reduce signals
siliconchip.com.au
by a factor of 0.7 to 0.1.
Electronic Thermostats with digital
temperature display, 2 control relays.
Can be used in heating and cooling.
NTC thermistor or J T/C or Pt100
sensors.
Isolated and Non Isolated RS232 to
RS485 converters.
USB to RS422/RS485 converter with
1500V isolation, RTS or Auto Data Flow
control.
Signal Conditioners – non isolated
and isolated: Convert thermocouples,
RTDs to 4-20mA or 0-10V. Fully programmable.
Stepper Motors: we have a selection
of Stepper motors for hobby and high
torque CNC applications.
DC Motors for both hobby and high
torque applications.
DC, Stepper and Servo Motor controller kits.
Serial and Parallel Port relay controller cards.
PIC MicroProgrammers: serial and
USB port operated.
Switch Mode, Battery Chargers and
DC-DC converters.
Full details and credit card ordering
available at www.oceancontrols.com.au
Helping to put you in control.
May 2007 101
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
C O N T R O L S
MS120
The world’s lowest cost controller
with inbuilt operator interface
12 digital I/O
2 line LCD
5 push buttons
Easy to program
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
$120 w/o LCD. $164 w/LCD. Developer’s kit $197
Developer’s Kit includes programming cable & software
Made in Australia - used world-wide
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
splat-sc.com
QUEST
®
Satellite TV Reception
VGA Splitter
VGS2
International satellite
TV reception in your
home is now affordable.
Send for your free info
pack containing equipment catalog, satellite
lists, etc or call for appointment to view.
We can display all satellites from 76.5°
to 180°.
HQ VGA
Cables
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
®
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
www.dontronics.com has 300 selected
hardware and software products available from over 40 world wide manufacturers, and authors.
Olimex Development Boards & Tools:
ARM, AVR, MAXQ, MSP430 and PIC.
Atmel Programmers And Compilers:
STK500, Codevision C, Bascom AVR,
FED AVIDICY Pro, MikroElektronika Basic
and Pascal, Flash File support, and boot
loaders.
PICmicro Programmers And Compilers:
microEngineering Labs USB programmers, adapters, and Basic Compilers, DIY
(Kitsrus) USB programmers, MikroElektronika Basic, Pascal, DSpic Pascal Compilers,
CCS C, FED C, Hi-Tech C, MikroElektronika
C, disassembler and hex tools.
CAN: Lawicell CANUSB, CAN232
FTDI: USB Family of IC ‘s. FT232RL,
FT2452RL, also BL and others.
4DSystems LCD/Graphics: Add VGA
monitor, or OLED LCD to your micro. Simple Serial I/F.
Heaps And Heaps Of USB Products:
TTL, RS-232, RS-485, modules, cables,
analyzers, CRO’s.
Popular Easysync USB To RS-232
Cable: Works when the others fail. Only
one recommended by CBUS. Money back
guarantee.
www.dontronics-shop.com
102 Silicon Chip
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
SPK360 3/5/06 1:10 PM Page 1
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
www.grantronics.com.au
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others.
Ph (02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.
com.au, www.rcsradio.com.au
MicroByte Electronics: PIC Micros
20 years experience!
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
SPK360
Quest AV®
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
– Development Board – Development
tools & Components. Phone: (03) 9378
4288. info<at>microbyte.com.au; www.
microbyte.com.au
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
LEDs! New old stock standard brightness and superbright brand name LEDs
from just a few cents each. Cree X-Lamp
XR-E LEDs $14.50. TA8050P bridge
DC motor drivers $1.50. 20 x 2 OLED
siliconchip.com.au
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian
owned, international retailer with more than 39 stores in
Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion
programme has resulted in the need for dedicated
individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our
goals.
We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our
staff. Do you think that the following statements describe
you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level.
Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc.
Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you.
May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory).
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys
helping people.
Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement.
Have an eye for detail.
Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please
write or email us with your details, along with your C.V.
and any qualifications you may have. We pay a
competitive salary, sales commissions and have great
benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy.
Send to:
Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd
P.O. Box 6424 Silverwater NSW 1811
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and
actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
RFMA RF Modules Australia
Low Power Wireless Connectivity Specialists
BIM2-433-64-5V Applications: NEW! BiM2A
Rural
UHF FM Transceiver
UHF FM Transceiver
Utilities
In Stock NOW!
In Stock NOW!
Industrial
Range: 500m+
Range: 250m
Commercial
Power: 25mW
Power: 10mW
Data rate 64kbps
Government
Data rate: 64kbps
33mm x 23mm x 4mm
BiM2T & BiM2R coming Meter Reading
RADIOMETRIX: Low Power, Licence Exempt Radio Modules
RF Modules Australia. P.O. Box 1957 Launceston, TAS., 7250.
Ph: 03-6331-6789. Email: sales<at>rfmodules.com.au. Web: rfmodules.com.au
displays $39. Also LED and Nixie clock
kits and all sorts of other stuff. www.
ledsales.com.au
KIT ASSEMBLY
NEVILLE WALKER KIT ASSEMBLY
& REPAIR:
• Australia wide service
• Small production runs
• Specialist “one-off” applications
Phone Neville Walker (07) 3857 2752
Email: flashdog<at>optusnet.com.au
WANTED
WANTED: EARLY HIFIs, AMPLIFIERS,
Speakers, Turntables, Valves, Books,
Quad, Leak, Pye, Lowther, Ortofon,
SME, Western Electric, Altec, Marantz,
McIntosh, Tannoy, Goodmans, Wharf-
Parallax Basic Stamps
The awesome simultasking 8-core Propeller Chip.
Lots of sensors and Development kits + Robots.
Ultrasonics, PIR accelerometer.
Serial LCD display, serial keypads.
Stepper Motor Controllers & Motors
Micro stepping up to 25,600
fully protected industrial
grade controllers at incredible
prices.
PCB mount units with full 32
bit indexer capability.
DIN rail mount controller for factory applications.
See our website for details and PDF file.
Call or email us for application assistance.
ron<at>nollet.com.au
R T Nollet: Ph (03) 9338 3306; fax (03) 9338
4596; mobile 0407 804 712.
www.nollet.com.au
edale, radio and wireless. Collector/
Hobbyist will pay cash. (07) 5471 1062.
johnmurt<at>highprofile.com.au
Circuit & Design Ideas Wanted
Do you have a good circuit idea? If so, sketch it out, write a brief
description of its operation & send it to us. Provided your idea is
workable & original, we’ll publish it in Circuit Notebook & you’ll
make some money. We pay up to $60 for a good circuit or you
could win some test gear. Send your idea to:
Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
siliconchip.com.au
Advertising Index
555 Electronics............................. 59
Alternative Technology Assoc...... 99
Altronics.........................loose insert
Amateur Scientist CDs............. OBC
Av-Comm................................... 102
Blue Patents................................. 99
COEM Audio................................ 22
Decibel Hi-Fi................................. 23
Dick Smith Electronics........... 28-33
Dontronics.................................. 102
Ecowatch.................................... 102
Elan Audio.................................... 26
Farnell InOne............................... 73
FreeNet Antennas...................... 101
Grantronics................................. 102
Harbuch Electronics..................... 60
Instant PCBs.............................. 101
IPembedded................................. 61
Jaycar........................ IFC,49-56,104
JED Microprocessors..................... 5
Len Wallis Audio........................... 19
Microgram Computers.................... 3
Measurement Innovation................ 7
Oatley Electronics........................ 41
Ocean Controls.......................... 101
Prime Electronics......................... 91
Quest Electronics....................... 102
Radio & Hobbies DVD Archive..... 21
RCS Radio................................. 102
Richard Foot Pty Ltd.................... 95
RF Modules................................ 103
RS Components........................... 48
RTN............................................ 102
Satcam......................................... 47
Sesame Electronics.................. 103
Silicon Chip Binders..................... 43
Silicon Chip Bookshop........ 104,IBC
Silicon Chip Positions Vacant....... 27
Silicon Chip Subscriptions........... 15
SC Perf. Elect. For Cars............... 20
Siomar Battery Industries............. 25
Speakerbits........................... 24,102
Splat Controls............................. 102
Trio Smartcal................................ 21
Trusys......................................... 101
Wagner Electronics...................... 61
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP designs can be obtained from
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
May 2007 103
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
|